More

    2016-12964 | CFTC

    Published on:

    [ad_1]

    Federal Register, Volume 81 Issue 113 (Monday, June 13, 2016)

    [Federal Register Volume 81, Number 113 (Monday, June 13, 2016)]

    [Proposed Rules]

    [Pages 38457-38514]

    From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]

    [FR Doc No: 2016-12964]

    [[Page 38457]]

    Vol. 81

    Monday,

    No. 113

    June 13, 2016

    Part V

    Commodity Futures Trading Commission

    ———————————————————————–

    17 CFR Parts 37, 38, and 150

    Position Limits for Derivatives: Certain Exemptions and Guidance;

    Proposed Rule

    Federal Register / Vol. 81 , No. 113 / Monday, June 13, 2016 /

    Proposed Rules

    [[Page 38458]]

    ———————————————————————–

    COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION

    17 CFR Parts 37, 38, and 150

    RIN 3038-AD99

    Position Limits for Derivatives: Certain Exemptions and Guidance

    AGENCY: Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

    ACTION: Supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking.

    ———————————————————————–

    SUMMARY: The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“Commission” or

    “CFTC”) is proposing revisions and additions to regulations and

    guidance proposed in 2013 concerning speculative position limits in

    response to comments received on that proposal. The Commission is

    proposing new alternative processes for designated contract markets

    (“DCMs”) and swap execution facilities (“SEFs”) to recognize

    certain positions in commodity derivative contracts as non-enumerated

    bona fide hedges or enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedges, as well

    as to exempt from federal position limits certain spread positions, in

    each case subject to Commission review. In this regard, the Commission

    proposes to amend certain of the regulations proposed in 2013 regarding

    exemptions from federal position limits and exchange-set position

    limits to take into account these new alternative processes. In

    connection with these changes, the Commission proposes to further amend

    certain relevant definitions, including to clearly define the general

    definition of bona fide hedging for physical commodities under the

    standards in CEA section 4a(c). Separately, the Commission proposes to

    delay for DCMs and SEFs that lack access to sufficient swap position

    information the requirement to establish and monitor position limits on

    swaps.

    DATES: Comments must be received on or before July 13, 2016.

    ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by RIN number 3038-AD99,

    by any of the following methods:

    CFTC Web site: http://comments.cftc.gov;

    Mail: Secretary of the Commission, Commodity Futures

    Trading Commission, Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street NW.,

    Washington, DC 20581;

    Hand delivery/courier: Same as Mail, above.

    Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.

    Follow instructions for submitting comments.

    All comments must be submitted in English, or if not, accompanied

    by an English translation. Comments will be posted as received to

    http://www.cftc.gov. You should submit only information that you wish

    to make available publicly. If you wish the Commission to consider

    information that may be exempt from disclosure under the Freedom of

    Information Act, a petition for confidential treatment of the exempt

    information may be submitted according to the procedures established in

    CFTC regulations at 17 CFR part 145.

    The Commission reserves the right, but shall have no obligation, to

    review, pre-screen, filter, redact, refuse or remove any or all of your

    submission from http://www.cftc.gov that it may deem to be

    inappropriate for publication, such as obscene language. All

    submissions that have been redacted or removed that contain comments on

    the merits of the rulemaking will be retained in the public comment

    file and will be considered as required under the Administrative

    Procedure Act and other applicable laws, and may be accessible under

    the Freedom of Information Act.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Stephen Sherrod, Senior Economist,

    Division of Market Oversight, (202) 418-5452, [email protected]; Riva

    Spear Adriance, Senior Special Counsel, Division of Market Oversight,

    (202) 418-5494, [email protected]; Lee Ann Duffy, Assistant General

    Counsel, Office of General Counsel, 202-418-6763, [email protected]; or

    Steven Benton, Industry Economist, Division of Market Oversight, (202)

    418-5617, [email protected]; Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Three

    Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street NW., Washington, DC 20581.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    I. Introduction

    The Commission has long established and enforced speculative

    position limits for futures and options contracts on certain

    agricultural commodities in accordance with the Commodity Exchange Act

    (“CEA” or “Act”).1 The part 150 federal position limits regime

    2 generally includes three components: (1) The level of the limits,

    which set a threshold that restricts the number of speculative

    positions that a person may hold in the spot month, an individual

    month, and all months combined,3 (2) exemptions for positions that

    constitute bona fide hedging transactions and certain other types of

    transactions,4 and (3) rules to determine which accounts and

    positions a person must aggregate for the purpose of determining

    compliance with the position limit levels.5

    —————————————————————————

    1 7 U.S.C. 1 et seq.

    2 See 17 CFR part 150. Part 150 of the Commission’s

    regulations establishes federal position limits (that is, position

    limits established by the Commission, as opposed to exchange-set

    limits) on certain enumerated agricultural contracts; the listed

    commodities are referred to as enumerated agricultural commodities.

    The position limits on these agricultural contracts are referred to

    as “legacy” limits because these contracts on agricultural

    commodities have been subject to federal position limits for

    decades. See also Position Limits for Derivatives, 78 FR 75680 at

    75723, note 370 and accompanying text (Dec. 12, 2013) (“December

    2013 position limits proposal”).

    3 See 17 CFR 150.2.

    4 See 17 CFR 150.3.

    5 See 17 CFR 150.4.

    —————————————————————————

    In late 2013, the CFTC proposed to amend its part 150 regulations

    governing speculative position limits. These proposed amendments were

    intended to conform to the requirements of part 150 to particular

    changes to the CEA introduced by the Wall Street Transparency and

    Accountability Act of 2010 (”Dodd-Frank Act”).6 The proposed

    amendments included the adoption of federal position limits for 28

    exempt and agricultural commodity futures and option contracts and

    swaps that are “economically equivalent” to such contracts.7 In

    addition, the

    [[Page 38459]]

    Commission proposed to require that DCMs and SEFs that are trading

    facilities (collectively, “exchanges”) establish exchange-set limits

    on such futures, options and swaps contracts.8 Further, the

    Commission proposed to (i) revise the definition of bona fide hedging

    position (which includes a general definition with requirements

    applicable to all hedges, as well as an enumerated list of bona fide

    hedges),9 (ii) revise the process for market participants to request

    recognition of certain types of positions as bona fide hedges,

    including anticipatory hedges and hedges not specifically enumerated in

    the proposed bona fide hedging definition; 10 and (iii) revise the

    exemptions from position limits for transactions normally known to the

    trade as spreads.11

    —————————————————————————

    6 The Commission previously had issued proposed and final

    rules in 2011 to implement the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act

    regarding position limits and the bona fide hedge definition.

    Position Limits for Derivatives, 76 FR 4752 (Jan. 26, 2011);

    Position Limits for Futures and Swaps, 76 FR 71626 (Nov. 18, 2011).

    A September 28, 2012, order of the U.S. District Court for the

    District of Columbia vacated the November 18, 2011 rule, with the

    exception of the rule’s amendments to 17CFR 150.2. International

    Swaps and Derivatives Association v. United States Commodity Futures

    Trading Commission, 887 F. Supp. 2d 259 (D.D.C. 2012). See generally

    the materials and links on the Commission’s Web site at http://www.cftc.gov/LawRegulation/DoddFrankAct/Rulemakings/DF_26_PosLimits/index.htm. The Commission issued the December 2013 position limits

    proposal, among other reasons, to respond to the District Court’s

    decision in ISDA v. CFTC. See generally the materials and links on

    the Commission’s Web site at http://www.cftc.gov/LawRegulation/DoddFrankAct/Rulemakings/PositionLimitsforDerivatives/index.htm.

    7 See CEA section 4a(a)(5), 7 U.S.C. 6a(a)(5) (providing that

    the Commission establish limits on economically equivalent

    contracts); CEA section 4a(a)(6), 7 U.S.C. 6a(a)(6) (directing the

    Commission to establish aggregate position limits on futures,

    options, economically equivalent swaps, and certain foreign board of

    trade contracts in agricultural and exempt commodities

    (collectively, “referenced contracts”)). See December 2013

    position limits proposal 78 FR at 75825. Under the December 2013

    position limits proposal, “referenced contracts” would have been

    defined as futures, options, economically equivalent swaps, and

    certain foreign board of trade contracts, in physical commodities,

    and been subject to the proposed federal position limits. The

    Commission proposed that federal position limits would apply to

    referenced contracts, whether futures or swaps, regardless of where

    the futures or swaps positions were established. See December 2013

    positions limits proposal at 78 FR 75826 (proposed Sec. 150.2).

    8 See December 2013 position limits proposal 78 FR at 75754-8.

    Consistent with DCM Core Principle 5 and SEF Core Principle 6, the

    Commission proposed at Sec. 150.5(a)(1) that for any commodity

    derivative contract that is subject to a speculative position limit

    under Sec. 150.2, [a DCM] or [SEF] that is a trading facility shall

    set a speculative position limit no higher than the level specified

    in Sec. 150.2.

    9 See December 2013 position limits proposal 78 FR at 75706-

    11, 75713-18.

    10 See December 2013 position limits proposal 78 FR at 75718.

    11 See December 2013 position limits proposal 78 FR at 75735-

    6. CEA section 4a(a)(1), 7 U.S.C. 6a(a)(1), permits the Commission

    to exempt transactions normally known to the trade as “spreads”

    from federal position limits.

    —————————————————————————

    II. Proposal To Supplement and Revise the December 2013 Position Limits

    Proposal

    The CFTC is now proposing revisions and additions to regulations

    and guidance proposed in 2013 concerning speculative position limits in

    response to comments received on that proposal. The Commission is

    proposing new alternative processes for DCMs and SEFs to recognize

    certain positions in commodity derivative contracts as non-enumerated

    bona fide hedges or enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedges, as well

    as to exempt from federal position limits certain spread positions, in

    each case subject to Commission review. In this regard, the Commission

    proposes to amend certain of the regulations proposed in 2013 regarding

    exemptions from federal position limits and exchange-set position

    limits to take into account these new alternative processes. In

    connection with these changes, the Commission proposes to further amend

    certain relevant definitions, including to clearly define the general

    definition of bona fide hedging for physical commodities under the

    standards in CEA section 4a(c). Separately, the Commission proposes to

    delay for DCMs and SEFs that lack access to sufficient swap position

    information the requirement to establish and monitor position limits on

    swaps at this time.

    Because this proposal supplements the December 2013 position limits

    proposal, it must be read in conjunction with that notice of proposed

    rulemaking, such that where this supplemental proposal sets out a

    proposed rule text in full, as in four definitions which this

    supplement proposes to amend, the rule text is intended to replace what

    was proposed in the December 2013 position limits proposal. Where this

    supplemental proposal reserves a subsection proposed in the December

    2013 position limits proposal, the intention is to provide additional

    time for Commission consideration of that subsection. For the avoidance

    of doubt, the Commission is still reviewing comments received on such

    reserved subsections and does not seek further comment on such reserved

    subsections.

    A. Proposed Guidance Regarding Exchange-Set Limitations on Swap

    Positions

    As noted above, in December 2013 the Commission proposed federal

    position limits on futures and swaps in physical commodities.12 Since

    that time, the Commission has worked with industry to improve the

    quality of swap position reporting to the Commission under part 20.13

    In light of the improved quality of the swap position reporting, the

    Commission intends to rely on part 20 swap position data, given

    adjustments for obvious errors (e.g., data reported based on a unit of

    measure, such as an ounce, rather than a futures equivalent number of

    contracts), to establish initial levels of federal non-spot month

    limits on futures and swaps in a final rule. Moreover, the Commission

    notes that the improved quality allows the Commission to utilize part

    20 swap position data when monitoring market participants’ compliance

    with such federal position limits on futures and swaps.

    —————————————————————————

    12 CEA section 4a(a)(5) requires federal position limits for

    swaps that are “economically equivalent” to futures and options

    that are subject to mandatory position limits under CEA section

    4a(a)(2). See December 2013 position limits proposal at 78 FR 75681-

    5 (providing the Commission’s interpretation of the statute as

    mandating that the Commission impose limits on futures, options, and

    swaps, in agricultural and exempt commodities).

    13 The Commission stated in the December 2013 position limits

    proposal that it preliminarily had decided not to use the swaps data

    then reported under part 20 for purposes of setting the initial

    levels of the proposed single and all-months-combined positions

    limits due to concerns about the reliability of such data. December

    2013 position limits proposal, 78 FR at 75533. The Commission also

    stated that it might use part 20 swaps data should it determine such

    data to be reliable, in order to establish higher initial levels in

    a final rule. Id. at 75734.

    —————————————————————————

    However, the Commission notes that with respect to exchange-set

    limits on swaps, exchanges, on the other hand, generally do not have

    access to swap position information. Unlike futures contracts–which

    are proprietary to a particular DCM and typically cleared at a single

    DCO affiliated with the DCM–swaps in a particular commodity are not

    proprietary to any particular trading facility or platform. Market

    participants may execute swaps involving a particular commodity on or

    subject to the rules of multiple exchanges or, in some circumstances,

    over the counter (“OTC”). Further, under the Commission regulations,

    data with respect to a particular swap transaction may be reported to

    any swap data repository (“SDR”).14

    —————————————————————————

    14 See Sec. Sec. 45.3, 45.4, and 45.10 of the Commission’s

    regulations, 17 CFR 45.3, 45.4, and 45.10. See generally CEA

    sections 4r (reporting and recordkeeping for uncleared swaps) and 21

    (swap data repositories), 7 U.S.C. 6r and 24a.

    —————————————————————————

    In addition, it should be noted that although CEA section 2(h)(8)

    requires that swap transactions required to be cleared under CEA

    section 2(h)(7) must be traded on either a DCM or a SEF if a DCM or SEF

    “makes the swap available to trade,” 15 there currently is neither

    a requirement for mandatory clearing of a swap on a physical

    commodity,16 nor has a swap on a physical commodity been made

    available to trade.17 Consequently, swaps on physical commodities may

    use means of execution other than on a DCM or SEF.

    —————————————————————————

    15 CEA section 2(h)(8), 7 U.S.C. 2(h)(8) (the “trading

    mandate”).

    16 See CEA section 2(h) and part 50 of the Commission’s

    regulations. 7 U.S.C. 2(h) and 17 CFR part 50.

    17 For example, under rule 37.10, a swap execution facility

    may make a swap available to trade, pursuant to CEA section 2(h)(8).

    See current list of swaps made available to trade at http://www.cftc.gov/idc/groups/public/@otherif/documents/file/swapsmadeavailablechart.pdf.

    —————————————————————————

    Even if an exchange had access to cleared swap data from a

    particular DCO, an exchange may need access to data from additional

    DCOs in order to have a sufficient understanding of a market

    participant’s cleared swap position, because a market participant may

    clear economically equivalent swaps on multiple DCOs. Further, DCO

    cleared swap data would not provide an exchange with data regarding

    economically equivalent uncleared swaps. While SDR data would include

    [[Page 38460]]

    swap data regarding both cleared and uncleared swaps, such data would

    need to be converted to a futures-equivalent position in order to

    measure compliance with an exchange-set limit set at a level no higher

    than that of the federal position limit. The Commission acknowledges

    that if an exchange does not have access to sufficient data regarding

    individual market participants’ open swap positions, then it cannot

    effectively monitor swap position limits.

    In light of the above, and based on (i) comments received on the

    December 2013 position limits proposal; 18 (ii) viewpoints expressed

    during a Roundtable on Position Limits; 19 (iii) several Commission

    advisory committee meetings that each provided a focused forum for

    participants to discuss some aspects of the December 2013 position

    limits proposal; 20 and (iv) information obtained in the course of

    ongoing Commission review of SEF registration applications,21 the

    Commission has determined to revise and amend certain parts of the

    December 2013 position limits proposal. The Commission proposes to

    temporarily delay for exchanges that lack access to sufficient swap

    position information the requirement to establish and monitor position

    limits on swaps by: (i) Adding Appendix E to part 150 to provide

    guidance regarding Sec. 150.5; and (ii) revising guidance on DCM Core

    Principle 5 and SEF Core Principle 6.22

    —————————————————————————

    18 Comments on the December 2013 position limits proposal are

    accessible on the Commission’s Web site at http://comments.cftc.gov/PublicComments/CommentList.aspx?id=1436.

    19 A transcript of the June 19, 2014 Roundtable on Position

    Limits is available on the Commission’s Web site at http://www.cftc.gov/idc/groups/public/@swaps/documents/dfsubmission/dfsubmission_061914-trans.pdf.

    20 Information regarding the December 9, 2014 and September

    22, 2015 meetings of the Agricultural Advisory Committee, sponsored

    by Chairman Massad, is accessible on the Commission’s Web site at

    http://www.cftc.gov/About/CFTCCommittees/AgriculturalAdvisory/aac_meetings. Information regarding February 26, 2015 and the July

    29, 2015 meetings of the Energy & Environmental Markets Advisory

    Committee (“EEMAC”), sponsored by Commission Giancarlo, is

    accessible on the Commission’s Web site at http://www.cftc.gov/About/CFTCCommittees/EnergyEnvironmentalMarketsAdvisory/emac_meetings.

    21 Added by the Dodd-Frank Act, section 5h(a) of the CEA, 7

    U.S.C. 7b-3, requires SEFs to register with the Commission. See

    generally “Core Principles and Other Requirements for Swap

    Execution Facilities,” 78 FR 33476 (Aug. 5, 2013). Information

    regarding the SEF application process is available on the

    Commission’s Web site at http://www.cftc.gov/IndustryOversight/TradingOrganizations/SEF2/sefhowto.

    22 DCM Core Principle 5, Position Limitations or

    Accountability, is contained in CEA section 5(d)(5), 7 U.S.C.

    7(d)(5). SEF Core Principle 6, Position Limits or Accountability, is

    contained in CEA section 5h(f)(6), 7 U.S.C. 7b-3(f)(6).

    —————————————————————————

    The CEA requires in SEF Core Principle 6(B) that a SEF: (i) Set its

    exchange-set limit on swaps at a level no higher than that of the

    federal position limit; and (ii) monitor positions established on or

    through the SEF for compliance with the federal position limit and any

    exchange-set limit.23 Similarly, for any contract subject to a

    federal position limit, including a swap contract, DCM Core Principle

    5(B) requires that DCMs must set a position limit at a level no higher

    than that of the federal position limit.24

    —————————————————————————

    23 CEA section 5h(f)(6)(B), 7 U.S.C. 7b-3(f)(6)(B) (SEF Core

    Principle 6(B)). The Commission codified SEF Core Principle 6(B),

    added by the Dodd-Frank Act, in Sec. 37.600 of its regulations, 17

    CFR 37.600. See generally Core Principles and Other Requirements for

    Swap Execution Facilities, 78 FR 33476, 33533-4 (June 4, 2013).

    24 CEA section 5(d)(5)(B), 7 U.S.C. 7(d)(5)(B) (DCM Core

    Principle 5(B)). The Commission codified DCM Core Principle 5(B), as

    amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, in Sec. 38.300 of its regulations,

    17 CFR 38.300. See generally Core Principles and Other Requirements

    for Designated Contract Markets, 77 FR 36612, 36639 (June 19, 2012).

    —————————————————————————

    The December 2013 position limits proposal specified that federal

    position limits would apply to referenced contracts,25 whether

    futures or swaps, regardless of where the futures or swaps positions

    are established.26 Consistent with DCM Core Principle 5 and SEF Core

    Principle 6, the Commission proposed at Sec. 150.5(a)(1) that, for any

    commodity derivative contract that is subject to a speculative position

    limit under Sec. 150.2, [a DCM] or [SEF] that is a trading facility

    shall set a speculative position limit no higher than the level

    specified in Sec. 150.2.27

    —————————————————————————

    25 Under the December 2013 position limits proposal,

    “referenced contracts” are defined as futures, options,

    economically equivalent swaps, and certain foreign board of trade

    contracts, in physical commodities, and are subject to the proposed

    federal position limits. See December 2013 position limits proposal

    78 FR at 75825.

    26 See December 2013 positions limits proposal at 78 FR 75826

    (proposed Sec. 150.2).

    27 See December 2013 position limits proposal at 78 FR 75754-

    8.

    —————————————————————————

    Three commenters on proposed regulation Sec. 150.5 recommended

    that the Commission not require SEFs to establish position limits.28

    Two noted that because SEF participants may use more than one

    derivatives clearing organization (“DCO”), a SEF may not know when a

    position has been offset.29 Further, during the ongoing SEF

    registration process,30 a number of persons applying to become

    registered as SEFs told the Commission that they lack access to

    information that would enable them to knowledgeably establish position

    limits or monitor positions.31 The Commission observes that this

    information gap would also be a concern for DCMs in respect of swaps,

    because DCMs lacking access to swap position information also would not

    be able to reliably establish position limits on swaps or monitor swap

    positions.

    —————————————————————————

    28 Commodity Markets Council (“CMC”), on February 10, 2014,

    (“CL-CMC-59634”), at 14-15; Futures Industry Association

    (“FIA”), on March 30, 2015 (“CL-FIA-60392”), at 10. One

    commenter stated that SEFs should be exempt from the requirement to

    set positions limits because SEFs are in the early stages of

    development and could be harmed by limits that restrict liquidity.

    International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) and

    Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (“SIFMA”),

    on February 10, 2014 (“CL-ISDA/SIFMA-59611”), at 35.

    29 CL-CMC-59634 at 14-15; CL-FIA-60392 at 10.

    30 Under CEA section 5h(a)(1), no person may operate a

    facility for trading swaps unless the facility is registered as a

    SEF or DCM. 7 U.S.C. 7b-3(a)(1).

    31 For example, in a submission to the Commission under part

    40 of the Commission’s regulations, BGC Derivative Markets, L.P.

    states that “[t]he information to administer limits or

    accountability levels cannot be readily ascertained. Position limits

    or accountability levels apply market-wide to a trader’s overall

    position in a given swap. To monitor this position, a SEF must have

    access to information about a trader’s overall position. However, a

    SEF only has information about swap transactions that take place on

    its own Facility and has no way of knowing whether a particular

    trade on its facility adds to or reduces a trader’s position. And

    because swaps may trade on a number of facilities or, in many cases,

    over-the-counter, a SEF does not know the size of the trader’s

    overall swap position and thus cannot ascertain whether the trader’s

    position relative to any position limit. Such information would be

    required to be supplied to a SEF from a variety of independent

    sources, including SDRs, DCOs, and market participants themselves.

    Unless coordinated by the Commission operating a centralized

    reporting system, such a data collection requirement would be

    duplicative as each separate SEF required reporting by each

    information sources.” BGC Derivative Markets, L.P., Rule Submission

    2015-09 (Oct. 6, 2015), available at http://www.cftc.gov/filings/orgrules/rule100615bgcsef001.pdf.

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission acknowledges that, if an exchange does not have

    access to sufficient data regarding individual market participants’

    open swap positions, then it cannot effectively monitor swap position

    limits. The Commission believes that most exchanges do not have access

    to sufficient swap position information to effectively monitor swap

    position limits.32 In this regard, the Commission believes that an

    exchange would have or could have access to sufficient swap position

    information to effectively monitor swap position limits if, for

    example: (1) It had access to daily information about its market

    participants’ open swap positions; or (2) it knows that its market

    participants regularly engage on its exchange in large volumes of

    speculative trading activity

    [[Page 38461]]

    (it may gain that knowledge through surveillance of heavy trading

    activity), that would cause reasonable surveillance personnel at an

    exchange to inquire further about a market participant’s intentions

    33 and total open swap positions.

    —————————————————————————

    32 The Commission is aware of one SEF that may have access to

    sufficient swap position information by virtue of systems

    integration with affiliates that are CFTC registrants and shared

    personnel. This SEF requires that all of its listed swaps be cleared

    on an affiliated DCO, which reports to an affiliated SDR.

    33 For instance, heavy trading activity at a particular

    exchange might cause that exchange to ask whether a market

    participant is building a large speculative position or whether the

    heavy trading activity is merely the result of a market participant

    making a market across several exchanges.

    —————————————————————————

    It is possible that an exchange could obtain an indication of

    whether a swap position established on or through a particular exchange

    is increasing a market participant’s swap position beyond a federal or

    exchange-set limit, if that exchange has data about some or all of a

    market participant’s open swap position from the prior day and combines

    it with the transaction data from the current day, to obtain an

    indication of the market participant’s current open swap position. By

    way of example, part 20 requires clearing organizations, clearing

    members and swap dealers to report to the Commission routine position

    reports for physical commodity swaps; the part 20 swaps data identifies

    for the Commission a market participant’s reported open swap positions

    from the prior trading day. If part 20 swaps data were made available

    to an exchange, it could use it to add to any swap positions

    established on or through that exchange during the current trading day

    to get an indication of a potential position limit violation.34 The

    indication would alert the exchange to contact the market participant

    to inquire about that participant’s total open swap position.

    —————————————————————————

    34 Nonetheless, that market participant may have conducted

    other swap transactions in the same commodity, away from a

    particular exchange, that reduced its swap position.

    —————————————————————————

    While this indication would not include the market participant’s

    activity transacted away from that particular exchange, the Commission

    believes that such monitoring would comply with the requirement in CEA

    section 5h(f)(6)(B)(ii) that the SEF monitor positions established on

    or through the SEF for compliance with the limits set by the Commission

    and the SEF. However, the Commission understands that exchanges

    generally do not currently have access to a data source that identifies

    a market participant’s reported open swap positions from the prior

    trading day.35 The Commission does not believe that it would be

    practicable for an exchange to require that market participants self-

    report their total open swap positions.36 And with only the

    transaction data from a particular exchange, it would be impracticable,

    if not impossible, for that exchange to monitor and enforce position

    limits for swaps.

    —————————————————————————

    35 As noted above, although the Commission receives swaps

    position data pursuant to Part 20, the Commission has not made this

    information available to any exchange.

    36 An exchange could theoretically obtain swap position data

    directly from market participants, for example, by requiring a

    market participant to report its swap positions, as a condition of

    trading on the exchange. However, the Commission thinks it is

    unlikely that a single exchange would unilaterally impose a swaps

    reporting regime on market participants.

    The Commission abandoned the approach of requiring market

    participants to report futures positions directly to the Commission

    many years ago. See Reporting Requirements for Contract Markets,

    Futures Commission Merchants, Members of Exchanges and Large

    Traders, 46 FR 59960 (Dec. 8, 1981). Instead, the Commission and

    DCMs rely on a large trader reporting system where futures positions

    are reported by sources other than the position holder itself,

    including futures commission merchants, clearing members and foreign

    brokers. See generally part 19 of the Commission’s regulations, 17

    CFR part 19. See also, for example, the discussion of an exchange’s

    large trader reporting system in the Division of Market Oversight

    Rule Enforcement Review of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the

    Chicago Board of Trade, July 26, 2013, at 24-7, available at http://www.cftc.gov/idc/groups/public/@iodcms/documents/file/rercmecbot072613.pdf.

    Further, as noted above, exchanges do not have authority to

    demand swap position data from derivative clearing organizations or

    swap data repositories; nor do exchanges have general authority to

    demand market participants’ swap position data from clearing members

    of DCOs or swap dealers (as the Commission does under part 20).

    —————————————————————————

    Moreover, the Commission has neither required any DCO 37 or SDR

    38 to provide such swap data to exchanges,39 nor provided any

    exchange with access to swaps data collected under part 20 of the

    Commission’s regulations.40

    —————————————————————————

    37 Core principle M for DCOs addresses information sharing

    only for the purpose of the DCO’s carrying out its risk management

    program as “appropriate and applicable,” but does not address

    information sharing for other purposes, and does not address

    information sharing with exchanges. CEA section 5b(c)(2)(M), 7

    U.S.C. 7a-1(c)(2)(M), and Sec. 39.22, 17 CFR 39.22. The Commission

    has access to DCO information relating to trade and clearing details

    under Sec. 39.19, 17 CFR 39.19, as is necessary to conduct its

    oversight of a DCO. However, the Commission has not used its general

    rulemaking authority under CEA section 8a(5), 7 U.S.C. 12a(5), to

    require DCOs to provide registered entities access to swap

    information, although the Commission could impose such a requirement

    by rule. CEA section 5b(c)(2)(A)(i), 7 U.S.C. 7a-1(c)(2)(A)(i).

    38 An SDR has a duty to provide direct electronic access to

    the Commission, or a designee of the Commission who may be a

    registered entity (such as an exchange). CEA section 21(c)(4), 7

    U.S.C. 24a(c)(4). See 76 FR 54538 at 54551, note 141 and

    accompanying text (Sept. 1, 2011). However, the Commission has not

    designated any exchange as a designee of the Commission for that

    purpose. Further, the Commission has not used its general rulemaking

    authority under CEA section 8a(5), 7 U.S.C. 12a(5), to require SDRs

    to provide registered entities (such as exchanges) access to swap

    information, although the Commission could impose such a requirement

    by rule. CEA section 21(a)(3)(A)(ii), 7 U.S.C. 24a(a)(3)(A)(ii).

    39 Even if such information were to be made available to

    exchanges, the swaps positions would need to be converted to

    futures-equivalent positions for purposes of monitoring position

    limits on a futures-equivalent basis, which would place an

    additional burden on exchanges. See December 2013 positions limits

    proposal at 78 FR75825 for the proposed definition of futures-

    equivalent; see also the discussion, below, regarding this current

    notice’s amendments to that proposed definition. If at some future

    time, the Commission were to consider requiring DCOs or SDRs to

    provide swap data to exchanges, or to provide the exchanges with

    swap data collected under part 20, the Commission would then

    consider the burden that would be placed on the exchange by the need

    to convert swap positions into futures equivalents.

    40 The part 20 swaps data is reported in futures equivalents,

    but does not include data specifying where (e.g., OTC or a

    particular exchange) reportable positions in swaps were established.

    —————————————————————————

    In light of the foregoing, the Commission is proposing a delay in

    implementation of exchange-set limits for swaps only, and only for

    exchanges without sufficient swap position information. After

    consideration of the circumstances described above, and in an effort to

    accomplish the policy objectives of the Dodd-Frank Act regulatory

    regime, including to facilitate trade processing of any swap and to

    promote the trading of swaps on SEFs,41 this current proposal amends

    the guidance in the appendices to parts 37 and 38 of the Commission’s

    regulations regarding SEF core principle 6 and DCM core principle 5,

    respectively. The revised guidance clarifies that an exchange need not

    demonstrate compliance with SEF core principle 6 or DCM core principle

    5 as applicable to swaps until it has access to sufficient swap

    position information, after which the guidance would no longer be

    applicable.42 For clarity, this current proposal includes the same

    guidance in a new appendix E to proposed part 150 in the context of the

    Commission’s proposed regulations regarding exchange-set position

    limits.

    —————————————————————————

    41 See, e.g., CEA sections 5h(b)(1)(B) and 5h(e), 7 U.S.C. 7b-

    3(b)(1)(B) and 7b-3(e), respectively.

    42 Once the guidance was no longer applicable, a DCM or a SEF

    would be required to file rules with the Commission to implement the

    relevant position limits and demonstrate compliance with Core

    Principle 5 or 6, as appropriate. The Commission notes that, for the

    same reasons regarding swap position data discussed above in respect

    of CEA section 5h(f)(6)(B), the proposed guidance also would

    temporarily delay the requirement for SEFs to comply with their

    statutory obligation under CEA section 5h(f)(6)(A).

    —————————————————————————

    Although the Commission is proposing to delay implementing the core

    principles regarding position limits on swaps, nothing in this current

    proposal would prevent an exchange from nevertheless establishing

    position limits on swaps. However, it does seem unlikely that an

    exchange would implement position limits before

    [[Page 38462]]

    acquiring sufficient swap position information because of the ensuing

    difficulty of enforcing such a limit. The Commission believes that

    providing the proposed delay for those exchanges that need it both

    preserves flexibility for subsequent Commission rulemaking and allows

    for phased implementation of limitations on swaps by exchanges, as

    practicable.43

    —————————————————————————

    43 Although this current proposal would provide position

    limits relief to SEFs and to DCMs in regards to swaps, it would not

    alter the definition of referenced contract (including economically

    equivalent swaps) as proposed in December 2013. See December 2013

    position limits proposal 78 FR at 75825. The Commission continues to

    review and consider comments received regarding the definition of

    referenced contract.

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission observes that courts have upheld relieving regulated

    entities of their statutory obligations where compliance is impossible

    or impracticable.44 The Commission believes that it would be

    impracticable, if not impossible, for an exchange to monitor and

    enforce position limits for swaps with only the transaction data from

    that particular exchange. Accordingly, the Commission believes that it

    is reasonable at this time to delay implementation of this discrete

    aspect of position limits, only with respect to swaps position limits,

    and only for exchanges that lack access to sufficient swap position

    information. The Commission believes that this approach would further

    the policy objectives of the Dodd-Frank Act regulatory regime,

    including the facilitation of trade processing of swaps and the

    promotion of trading swaps on SEFs. While this approach would delay the

    requirement for certain exchanges to establish and monitor exchange-set

    limits on swaps at this time, the Commission notes that, under the

    December 2013 position limits proposal, federal position limits would

    apply to swaps that are economically equivalent to futures contracts

    subject to federal position limits.

    —————————————————————————

    44 See, e.g., Ass’n of Irritated Residents v. EPA, 494 F.3d

    1027, 1031 (D.C. Cir. 2007) (allowing regulated entities to enter

    into consent agreements with EPA–without notice and comment–that

    deferred prosecution of statutory violation until such time as

    compliance would be practicable); Catron v. County Bd. Of

    Commissioners v. New Mexico Fish & Wildlife Serv., 75 F.3d 1429,

    1435 (10th Cir.1966) (stating that “Compliance with [the National

    Environmental Protection Act] is excused when there is a statutory

    conflict with the agency’s authorizing legislation that prohibits or

    renders compliance impossible.”). Further, it is axiomatic that

    courts will avoid reading statutes to reach absurd or unreasonable

    consequences. See, e.g., Griffin v. Oceanic Contractors, Inc., 458

    U.S. 564 (1982). To require an exchange to monitor position limits

    on swaps, when it currently has extremely limited visibility into a

    market participant’s swap position, is arguably absurd and certainly

    appears unreasonable.

    —————————————————————————

    Request for comment (“RFC”) 1. The Commission requests comment on

    all aspects of the proposed delay in implementing the requirements of

    SEF core principle 6(B) and DCM core principle 5(B) with respect to the

    setting and monitoring by exchanges of position limits for swaps. Does

    any DCM or SEF currently have access to sufficient data regarding

    individual market participants’ open swaps positions to so set and

    monitor swaps position limits other than by special call? If yes,

    please describe in detail how such access could be obtained.45 If no,

    how easy or difficult would it be for an exchange to obtain access to

    sufficient swap position information by means of contract or other

    arrangements?

    —————————————————————————

    45 The Commission expects that any DCM or SEF that has access

    to sufficient swap position information will report this to the

    Commission in a comment letter that will be publicly available in

    the comment file for this current proposal on the Commission’s Web

    site.

    —————————————————————————

    B. Proposal To Amend the Definition of Bona Fide Hedging Position

    As discussed below, the Commission is now proposing a general

    definition of bona fide hedging position that incorporates only the

    standards in CEA section 4a(c)(2), regarding physical commodity

    derivatives. Conforming the standards of a general definition of bona

    fide hedging position to those of the statute requires eliminating two

    components of the general definition of bona fide hedging position in

    current Sec. 1.3(z)(1): The incidental test and the orderly trading

    requirement.46 Thus, the Commission is now proposing to eliminate the

    incidental test and the orderly trading requirement, as discussed

    below.

    —————————————————————————

    46 The inclusion of the incidental test and the orderly

    trading requirement in the definition of bona fide hedging has a

    long history. As noted in the December 2013 Position Limits

    proposal, “In response to the 1974 legislation, the Commission’s

    predecessor adopted in 1975 a bona fide hedging definition in Sec.

    1.3(z) of its regulations stating, among other requirements, that

    transactions or positions would not be classified as hedging unless

    their bona fide purpose was to offset price risks incidental to

    commercial cash or spot operations, and such positions were

    established and liquidated in an orderly manner and in accordance

    with sound commercial practices. Shortly thereafter, the newly

    formed Commission sought comment on amending that definition. Given

    the large number of issues raised in comment letters, the Commission

    adopted the predecessor’s definition with minor changes as an

    interim definition of bona fide hedging transactions or positions,

    effective October 18, 1975.” See December 2013 Position Limits

    Proposal at 75703. The Commission is also proposing a non-

    substantive change to subsection (1)(ii)(B) of the bona fide hedging

    definition by deleting from the definition proposed in the December

    2013 position limits proposal the lead in words “such position.”

    —————————————————————————

    1. December 2013 Proposal

    In the December 2013 position limits proposal, the Commission

    proposed a new definition of “bona fide hedging position” in proposed

    Sec. 150.1, to replace the current definition in Sec. 1.3(z). The

    opening paragraph of the proposed definition is a general definition of

    a bona fide hedging position. As is the case in the current definition

    in Sec. 1.3(z), that general definition contained two requirements for

    a bona fide hedging position that are not included in CEA section

    4a(c)(2): An incidental test and an orderly trading requirement.47

    —————————————————————————

    47 See December 2013 Position Limits Proposal at 75706-7

    (stating “Bona fide hedging position means any position whose

    purpose is to offset price risks incidental to commercial cash,

    spot, or forward operations, and such position is established and

    liquidated in an orderly manner in accordance with sound commercial

    practices, . . .”).

    —————————————————————————

    The incidental test is a component of the December 2013 proposed

    bona fide hedging position definition requiring that the risks offset

    by a commodity derivative position must be incidental to the position

    holder’s commercial operations.48 The orderly trading requirement is

    a component of the December 2013 proposed bona fide hedging position

    definition requiring that a bona fide hedge position must be

    established and liquidated in an orderly manner in accordance with

    sound commercial practices.49

    —————————————————————————

    48 See December 2013 Position Limits Proposal at 75707.

    49 Id.

    —————————————————————————

    2. Comments on the December 2013 Proposed Definition of Bona Fide

    Hedging Position

    Commenters generally objected to the inclusion in the general

    definition of bona fide hedging position of the incidental test and the

    orderly trading requirement. For example, one commenter objected to the

    incidental test, since that test is not included in CEA section 4a(c)

    with respect to physical commodity hedges.50

    —————————————————————————

    50 See, e.g., CME Group, Inc. (“CME Group”), on February 10,

    2014 (“CL-CME-59718”) at 47.

    —————————————————————————

    Commenters urged the Commission to eliminate the orderly trading

    requirement, because, in the context of the over-the-counter markets,

    the concept of orderly trading is not defined, yet the requirement

    would impose a duty on end users to monitor market activities to ensure

    they do not cause a significant market impact.51 Commenters noted the

    anti-disruptive

    [[Page 38463]]

    trading prohibitions and polices would apply regardless of whether

    there is an orderly trading requirement.52 Commenters requested that

    if the Commission were to retain the orderly trading requirement, the

    Commission interpret such requirement in a manner consistent with the

    Commission’s disruptive trading practices interpretation (i.e., a

    standard of intentional or reckless conduct); commenters also requested

    that the Commission not apply a negligence standard.53

    —————————————————————————

    51 See Coalition of Physical Energy Companies (“COPE”) on

    February 10, 2014 (“CL-COPE-59662”) at 13, Duke Energy Utilities

    (“DEU”) on February 10, 2014 (“CL-DEU-59631”) at 5-7, and The

    Commercial Energy Working Group (“Working Group”) CL-Working

    Group-59693 at 14.

    52 Section 747 of the Dodd-Frank Act amended the CEA to

    expressly prohibit certain disruptive trading practices.

    Specifically, CEA section 4c(a)(5), 7 U.S.C. 6c(a)(5), states that

    it is unlawful for a person to engage in any trading, practice, or

    conduct on or subject to the rules of a registered entity that (A)

    violates bids or offers; (B) demonstrates intentional or reckless

    disregard for the orderly execution of transactions during the

    closing period; or (C) is, of the character of, or is commonly known

    to the trade as, `spoofing’ (bidding or offering with the intent to

    cancel the bid or offer before execution). See also, Antidisruptive

    Practices Authority, 78 FR 31890 (May 28, 2103) (providing a policy

    statement and guidance).

    53 See, e.g., FIA on February 7, 2014 (“CL-FIA-59595”), at

    5, 33-34, the Edison Electric Institute and the Electric Power

    Supply Association (“EEI-EPSA”) on February 10, 2014 “CL-EEI-

    EPSA-59602”) at 14-15, CL-ISDA/SIFMA-59611 at 4, 39, CL-CME-59718

    at 67, and IntercontinentalExchange, Inc. (“ICE”) on February 10,

    2014 (“CL-ICE-59669”) at 11.

    —————————————————————————

    3. Proposal To Amend the Definition

    For the reasons discussed below, and in response to the comments

    received, the Commission is proposing to eliminate the incidental test

    and orderly trading requirement from the general definition of bona

    fide hedging position. For clarity, the Commission is herein

    publishing, in proposed Sec. 150.1, a general definition of bona fide

    hedging position for physical commodity derivatives that incorporates

    only the standards of CEA section 4a(c), but notes that the definition

    is subject to further requirements not inconsistent with those

    statutory standards and the policy objectives of position limits.

    i. Incidental Test

    The Commission proposes to eliminate the incidental test. As noted

    above, the incidental test and the orderly trading requirement have

    been part of the rule 1.3(z)(1) definition of bona fide hedging since

    1975.54 These provisions were not separately explained in the 1974

    notice proposing the adoption of rule 1.3(z)(1) (the notice observed

    only that the “proposed definition otherwise deviates in only minor

    ways from the hedging definition presently contained in [CEA section

    4a(3)]”).55 The then-current statutory definition of bona fide

    hedging position in CEA section 4a(3) used the concepts of “good

    faith” (regarding the amount of a commodity a person expects to raise)

    and a “reasonable hedge” (regarding hedges of inventory).

    —————————————————————————

    54 40 FR 11560 (March 12, 1975).

    55 See 39 FR 39731 (Nov. 11, 1974). CEA section 4a(3) then

    stated that no order issued under its paragraph (1) shall apply to

    transactions or positions which are shown to be bona fide hedging

    transactions or positions as such terms as shall be defined by the

    Commission within one hundred and eighty days after the effective

    date of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission Act of 1974 by

    order consistent with the purposes of this chapter. 7 U.S.C. 6a(3)

    1974. As noted in the Federal Register release adopting the

    definition, the definition was proposed pursuant to section 404 of

    the Commodity Futures Trading Commission Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-463),

    which directed the Secretary of Agriculture to promulgate

    regulations defining “bona fide hedging transactions and

    positions.” 39 FR at 39731 (Nov. 11, 1974).

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission adopted the concept of economically appropriate in

    1977, after finding its definition of bona fide hedging inadequate due

    to changes in commercial practices and the diverse nature of

    commodities now under regulation, but did not address whether the

    concept of economically appropriate overlapped with the incidental

    test.56 The economically appropriate test requires that a bona fide

    hedging position be economically appropriate to the reduction of risks

    in the conduct and management of a commercial enterprise.57 While in

    the 1977 rulemaking defining bona fide hedging the Commission discussed

    the concept of economically appropriate as an expansive standard, the

    incidental test appears to have simply been left in the definition as

    an historical carryover. In the December 2013 position limits proposal,

    the Commission noted that it believed the incidental test’s concept of

    commercial cash market activities is embodied in the economically

    appropriate test for physical commodities in CEA section 4a(c)(2).58

    In light of this connection between the concept of commercial cash

    market activities and the economically appropriate test, the Commission

    notes that it included in the December 2013 positions limits proposal

    the intention to apply the economically appropriate test to hedges in

    an excluded commodity.59

    —————————————————————————

    56 42 FR 42748 (August 24, 1977). In the Federal Register

    release adopting the amended definition, the Commission stated that

    it was adopting amendments to its general regulations to “generally

    broaden the scope of the hedging definition to include current

    commercial risk shifting practices in the markets now under

    regulation. The Commission has also recognized the potential for

    market disruption if certain trading practices are carried out

    during the delivery period of any future. The definition therefore

    restricts the classification of certain transactions and positions

    as bona fide hedging during the last five days of trading. In

    addition, the Commission has amended its regulations to include

    reporting requirements for some new types of bona fide hedging which

    will now be recognized.” 42 FR 42718 (Aug. 24, 1977).

    57 See CEA section 4a(c)(2)(A)(ii).

    58 See December 2013 Proposal at 75707.

    59 Id.

    —————————————————————————

    In both the current and December 2013 proposed definitions of bona

    fide hedging position, the incidental test requires a reduction in

    price risk. Although the Commission is now proposing to eliminate the

    incidental test from the first paragraph of its proposed bona fide

    hedge definition, the Commission notes that it interprets risk, in the

    economically appropriate test, to mean price risk. Commenters suggested

    the Commission adopt a broader interpretation of risk (including, for

    example, execution and logistics risk and credit risk).60 However, a

    broader interpretation appears to be inconsistent with the policy

    objectives of position limits in CEA section 4a(a)(3)(B) regarding

    physical commodities, particularly: Diminishing excessive speculation

    that causes sudden or unreasonable fluctuations or unwarranted changes

    in the price of a commodity; deterring manipulation, squeezes, and

    corners; and ensuring the price discovery function is not disrupted.

    —————————————————————————

    60 See, e.g., CMC on March 30, 2015, (“CL-CMC-60391”) at 2.

    —————————————————————————

    ii. Orderly Trading Requirement

    The Commission proposes to eliminate the orderly trading

    requirement. While that provision has been a part of the regulatory

    definition of bona fide hedge since 1975,61 and previously was found

    in the statutory definition of bona fide hedge prior to the 1974

    amendment removing the statutory definition from CEA section 4a(3), the

    Commission is not aware of a denial of recognition of a position as a

    bona fide hedge as a result of a lack of orderly trading on an

    exchange. Further, the Commission notes that the meaning of the orderly

    trading requirement is unclear in the context of the over-the-counter

    swap market, as well as in the context of permitted off-exchange

    transactions (e.g., exchange of derivatives for related positions). In

    addition, the Commission observes that disruptive trading activity by a

    commercial entity engaged in establishing or liquidating a hedging

    position would generally appear to be contrary to its economic

    interests. However, the Commission notes that an exchange may use its

    own discretion to condition its recognition of a bona fide

    [[Page 38464]]

    hedging position on an orderly trading requirement.

    —————————————————————————

    61 See 40 FR 11560 (March 12, 1975).

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission notes the anti-disruptive trading prohibitions of

    CEA section 4c(a)(5), as added by the Dodd-Frank Act, apply to trading

    on registered entities, but not to over-the-counter transactions,

    regardless of whether the trading is related to hedging activities.

    Specifically, the anti-disruptive trading prohibitions in CEA section

    4c(a)(5) make it unlawful to engage in trading on a registered entity

    that “demonstrates intentional or reckless disregard for orderly

    execution of trading during the closing period.” In this regard, the

    Commission notes that it also has the authority, under CEA section

    4c(a)(6), to prohibit the intentional or reckless disregard for the

    orderly execution of transactions on a registered entity outside of the

    closing period.

    C. Proposed Rules Related to Recognition of Bona Fide Hedging Positions

    and Granting of Spread Exemptions

    In sections D, E, and F, below, this current proposal discusses

    three sets of proposed Commission rules that would enable an exchange

    to submit to the Commission exchange rules under which the exchange

    could take action to recognize certain bona fide hedging positions and

    to grant certain spread exemptions, with regard to both exchange-set

    and federal position limits. In each case, the proposed Commission

    rules would establish a formal CFTC review process that would permit

    the Commission to revoke all such exchange actions.

    If the changes in this current proposal are adopted, exchanges

    would be able to: (i) Recognize certain non-enumerated bona fide

    hedging positions (“NEBFHs”), i.e., positions that are not enumerated

    by the Commission’s rules (pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.9); 62 (ii)

    grant exemptions to position limits for certain spread positions

    (pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.10); 63 and (iii) recognize certain

    enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedging positions (pursuant to

    proposed Sec. 150.11).64

    —————————————————————————

    62 See note 73 below.

    63 The Commission has authority to exempt spread positions

    under CEA section 4a(a)(1), which provides that the Commission may

    exempt transactions normally known to the trade as “spreads” from

    federal position limits. Under this current proposal, applicants may

    rely on an exchange’s grant of a spread exemption absent notice from

    such exchange or the Commission to the contrary.

    64 Unlike exemptions for spreads, no exemption is needed for

    bona fide hedging transactions or positions as under CEA section

    4a(c)(1), no rule, regulation or order issued under CEA section

    4a(a) applies to transactions or positions shown to be bona fide

    hedging transactions or positions. 7 U.S.C. 6a(c)(1). Accordingly,

    Commission regulation 1.3(z)((3), for example, provides that upon

    request, the Commission may recognize (rather than “exempt”)

    certain transactions and positions as bona fide hedges. By notifying

    the applicant that the Commission, based on the information

    provided, recognizes that the applicant’s position has been shown to

    be a bona fide hedge, the Commission is basically providing a safe

    harbor from position limits in connection with that position for the

    applicant. For ease of administration, the Commission now proposes,

    with respect to federal position limits, to extend this recognition

    process to exchanges’ “recognition” of positions as NEBFHs or

    anticipatory enumerated bona fide hedges with respect to federal

    limits subject to subsequent Commission review. Under this current

    proposal, positions recognized by exchanges as NEBFHs or

    anticipatory enumerated bona fide hedges will not be subject to

    federal limits absent notice from an exchange or the Commission to

    the contrary. DCMs currently grant non-enumerated exemptions to

    exchange-set limits that are consistent with current Sec.

    1.3(z)(1), 17 CFR 1.3(z)(3). In addition, DCMs currently grant bona

    fide exemptions to exchange-set limits for sales or purchases for

    future delivery of unsold anticipated production or unfilled

    anticipated requirements consistent with, and enumerated in, Sec.

    1.3(z)(2)(i)(B) or Sec. 1.3(z)(2)(ii)(C), 17 CFR 1.3(z)(2) (i)(B)

    or 1.3(z)(2)(ii)(C).

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission’s authority to permit certain exchanges to recognize

    positions as bona fide hedging positions is found, in part, in CEA

    section 4a(c)(1).65 CEA section 4a(c)(1) provides that no CFTC rule

    applies to “transaction or positions which are shown to be bona fide

    hedging transactions or positions,” as those terms are defined by

    Commission rule consistent with the purposes of the CEA. The Commission

    notes that “shown to be” is passive voice, which could encompass

    either a position holder or an exchange being able to “show” that a

    position is entitled to treatment as a bona fide hedge, and does not

    specify that the Commission must determine in advance whether the

    position or transaction was shown to be bona fide. The Commission

    interprets CEA section 4a(c)(1) to authorize the Commission to permit

    certain SROs (i.e., DCMs and SEFs, meeting certain criteria) to

    recognize positions as bona fide hedges for purposes of federal limits,

    subject to Commission review.

    —————————————————————————

    65 Further, under CEA section 8a(5), the Commission may make

    such rules as, in the judgment of the Commission, are reasonably

    necessary to effectuate any of the provisions or to accomplish any

    of the purposes of the CEA.

    —————————————————————————

    When determining whether to recognize positions as bona fide

    hedges, an exchange would be required to apply the standards in the

    Commission’s general definition of bona fide hedging position, which

    incorporates the standards in CEA section 4a(c)(2),66 and the

    exchange’s conclusions would be subject to Commission review and, if

    necessary, remediation.67

    —————————————————————————

    66 CEA section 4a(c)(2), adopted by the Dodd-Frank Act,

    directs the Commission to define (including to narrow the scope of)

    what constitutes a bona fide hedging position, for the purpose of

    implementing federal position limits on physical commodity

    derivatives. In response to that directive, in the December 2013

    position limits proposal, the Commission proposed to add a

    definition of bona fide hedging position in Sec. 150.1, to replace

    the definition in current Sec. 1.3(z). See infra notes 104-106 and

    accompanying text; see also supra preamble Section II.B.3

    (describing the Commission’s current proposal to further amend its

    general definition of bona fide hedging position as proposed in the

    December 2013 position limits proposal).

    67 See infra preamble Section II.D.3 (discussing the proposed

    requirements that the exchanges: Make recognitions pursuant to

    exchange rules submitted to the Commission; keep related records;

    make reports to the Commission; and provide transparency to the

    public). After review, the Commission could, for example, revoke or

    confirm an exchange-granted exemption. See also proposed Sec.

    150.9.

    —————————————————————————

    In addition, the Commission would permit certain exchanges to

    exempt positions normally known to the trade as spreads, subject to a

    consideration of the four policy objectives of position limits found in

    CEA section 4a(a)(3)(B).68 The Commission notes that nothing in CEA

    section 4a(a)(1) prohibits the Commission from exempting such

    spreads.69 The Commission interprets this provision as CEA statutory

    authority to exempt spreads that are consistent with the other policy

    objectives for position limits, such as those in CEA section

    4a(a)(3)(B).70 The Commission finds, pursuant to CEA section 8a(5),

    that permitting certain exchanges to recognize such spreads, subject to

    subsequent Commission review of such actions, is reasonably necessary

    to effectuate the CEA’s policy objectives.71

    —————————————————————————

    68 As discussed below, the proposed rules would require the

    exchanges: To issue exemptions pursuant to exchange rules submitted

    to the Commission; to keep records; to make reports to the

    Commission; and to provide transparency to the public. See infra

    Section II.E; see also proposed Sec. 150.10.

    69 See CEA section 4a(a)(1) (stating that “[n]othing in this

    section shall be construed to prohibit the Commission from . . .

    from exempting transactions normally known to the trade as

    `spreads’. . .”)

    70 CEA section 4a(a)(3)(B) provides that the Commission shall

    set limits to the maximum extent practicable, in its discretion–to

    diminish, eliminate, or prevent excessive speculation as described

    under this section; to deter and prevent market manipulation,

    squeezes, and corners; to ensure sufficient market liquidity for

    bona fide hedgers; and to ensure that the price discovery function

    of the underlying market is not disrupted.” In addition, CEA

    section 4a(a)(7) authorizes the Commission to exempt any class of

    transaction from any requirement it may establish with respect to

    position limits.

    71 The Commission notes that the proposed process for exchange

    exemptions of spread positions, in a similar manner to the proposed

    process for exchange recognition of a position as bona fide hedge,

    would require the exchange to apply the standards required under

    proposed Sec. 150.10(a)((3)(ii)) (requiring the exchange to

    determine that exempting the spread position would further the

    purposes of CEA section 4a(3)(B)), and the exchanges conclusions

    would be subject to Commission review and, if necessary, remediation

    (after review, the Commission could, for example, revoke or confirm

    an exchange-granted exemption). See proposed Sec. 150.10.

    —————————————————————————

    [[Page 38465]]

    Further, the Commission would permit certain exchanges to recognize

    certain enumerated anticipatory hedging positions under the

    Commission’s definition of bona fide hedging position, essentially as

    an administrative collection of certain information, but subject to

    Commission review. Under proposed Sec. 150.11, the exchange would be

    required to follow defined administrative procedures that require the

    market participant to file certain information with the exchange,

    including the information the market participant would be required to

    file with the Commission under Sec. 150.7 as proposed in the December

    2013 position limits proposal; in the alternative, the market

    participant could choose to file that same information directly with

    the Commission under proposed Sec. 150.7.72

    —————————————————————————

    72 As discussed below, the proposed rules would require the

    exchanges: To make administrative recognitions pursuant to exchange

    rules submitted to the Commission; to keep records; and to make

    reports to the Commission. There is no need for an exchange to

    provide transparency to the public in regard to the existence of a

    type of enumerated bona fide hedging position, as the enumerated

    bona fide hedge positions are already listed in the Commission’s

    proposed definition of bona fide hedging position. See infra Section

    II.F; see also proposed Sec. 150.11.

    —————————————————————————

    Each of the exchange-administered processes under proposed

    Sec. Sec. 150.9,73 150.10,74 and 150.11 75 would be subject to

    Commission review.76 The three proposed processes would allow market

    participants to rely on an exchange’s recognition of an NEBFH, spread,

    or anticipatory exemption until an exchange or the Commission notifies

    them to the contrary. However, the proposed processes would not protect

    exchanges or applicants from charges of violations of applicable

    sections of the CEA or other Commission regulations, other than

    position limits. For instance, a market participant’s compliance with

    position limits or an exemption does not confer any type of safe harbor

    or good faith defense to a claim that the market participant had

    engaged in an attempted manipulation, a perfected manipulation or

    deceptive conduct, as is the case under both current Sec. 150.6 as

    well as Sec. 150.6 as proposed in the December 2013 position limits

    proposal.77

    —————————————————————————

    73 Specifically, exchanges will be able to: (1) Grant

    exemptions from exchange-set limits for NEBFHs pursuant to proposed

    Sec. Sec. 150.9, 150.3(a)(1)(i) and Sec. 150.5(a)(2); and (2)

    recognize NEBFHs (pursuant to proposed Sec. Sec. 150.9 and

    150.3(a)(1)(i)) that will not be subject to federal limits absent

    notice from an exchange or the Commission to the contrary.

    74 Specifically, exchanges will be able to: (1) Grant

    exemptions from exchange-set limits for certain spread positions

    pursuant to proposed Sec. Sec. 150.10, 150.3(a)(1)(iv) and

    150.5(a)(2); and (2) grant exemptions from federal limits for

    certain spread positions pursuant to proposed Sec. Sec. 150.10 and

    150.3(a)(1)(iv).

    75 Specifically, exchanges will be able to: (1) Grant

    exemptions from exchange-set limits for enumerated anticipatory bona

    fide hedges pursuant to proposed Sec. Sec. 150.11, 150.3(a)(1)(i)

    and Sec. 150.5(a)(2); and (2) recognize enumerated anticipatory

    bona fide hedges (pursuant to proposed Sec. Sec. 150.11 and

    150.3(a)(1)(i)) that will not be subject to federal limits absent

    notice from an exchange or the Commission to the contrary.

    76 The three processes are non-exclusive because there are

    alternative methods to seek recognition of a position as a bona fide

    hedge or to receive an exemption for a spread position, including

    requests for no-action letters under Sec. 140.99 or exemptive

    relief under CEA section 4a(a)(7), per the December 2013 position

    limits proposal. See December 2013 position limits proposal, 78 FR

    at 75719-20.

    77 See the discussion of Sec. 150.6 as proposed in the

    December 2013 position limits proposal, 78 FR at 75746-7.

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission views this current proposal, enabling exchanges to

    elect to administer these three processes, to be suitable since each

    process requires that: (i) An exchange submit implementing rules

    subject to Commission review, under the ordinary rule submission

    procedures of the Commission’s part 40 regulations; (ii) the standards

    for receiving the recognition or exemption be those set out under the

    statute; 78 (iii) each exchange’s actions under these processes be

    reviewed under the Commission’s rule enforcement review program; 79

    and (iv) all exchange actions under such implementing rules are subject

    to Commission review.80

    —————————————————————————

    78 See, e.g., proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(3) (requiring exchanges

    that elect to process NEBFH applications to solicit sufficient

    information to allow it to determine why a derivative position

    satisfies the requirements of section 4a(c) of the Act), and

    proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(4) (requiring exchanges that elect to

    process NEBFH applications to determine whether a derivative

    position for which a complete application has been submitted

    satisfies the requirements of section 4a(c) of the Act), and

    proposed Sec. 150.10(a)(4)(vi) (requiring exchanges that elect to

    process spread exemptions applications to determine that exempting a

    spread position would further the purposes of CEA section

    4a(a)(3)(B)). See also infra discussion in Section II.D.3 and

    III.E.2 (each providing discussion of the standards for exchange

    determinations).

    79 See note 126 for further information regarding the

    Commission’s rule enforcement review program.

    80 See proposed Sec. Sec. 150.9(a)(d), 150.10(a)(d), and

    150.11(a)(d). The Commission notes that its de novo review of

    exchange actions may be upon the Commission’s own initiative or in

    response to a request for an interpretation under Sec. 140.99 by a

    market participant whose application for recognition of a position

    as a bona fide hedge was rejected by an exchange.

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission observes that for decades, exchanges have operated

    as self-regulatory organizations (“SROs”).81 These SROs are charged

    with carrying out regulatory functions, including, since 2001,

    complying with core principles, and operate subject to the regulatory

    oversight of the Commission pursuant to the CEA as a whole, and more

    specifically, sections 5 and 5h.82 As SROs, exchanges do not act only

    as independent, private actors.83 When the Act is read as a whole, as

    the Commission noted in 1981, “it is apparent that Congress envisioned

    cooperative efforts between the self-regulatory organizations and the

    Commission. Thus, the exchanges, as well as the Commission, have a

    continuing responsibility in this matter

    [[Page 38466]]

    under the Act.” 84 The Commission’s approach to its oversight of its

    SROs was subsequently ratified by Congress in 1982, when it gave the

    CFTC authority to enforce exchange set limits.85 As the Commission

    observed in 2010, “since 1982, the Act’s framework explicitly

    anticipates the concurrent application of Commission and exchange-set

    speculative position limits.” 86 The Commission further noted that

    the “concurrent application of limits is particularly consistent with

    an exchange’s close knowledge of trading activity on that facility and

    the Commission’s greater capacity for monitoring trading and

    implementing remedial measures across interconnected commodity futures

    and option markets.” 87

    —————————————————————————

    81 CFTC regulation 1.3(ee) defines SRO to mean a DCM, SEF, or

    registered futures association (such as the National Futures

    Association). Under the Commission’s regulations, SROs have certain

    delineated regulatory responsibilities, which are carried out under

    Commission oversight and which are subject to Commission review. See

    also note 126 (describing reviews of DCMs carried out by the

    Commission).

    82 7 U.S.C. 7 and 7 U.S.C. 7b-3, respectively. See also note

    126 below.

    83 The Commission views as instructive the following examples

    of case law addressing grants of authority by an agency (the

    Securities and Exchange Commission, the “SEC”) to a self-

    regulatory organization (“SRO”) (in the SEC cases the SRO was

    NASD, now FINRA), providing insight into the factors addressed by

    the court regarding oversight of an SRO.

    First, in 1952, the Second Circuit reviewed an SEC order that

    failed to set aside a penalty fixed by NASD suspending the defendant

    broker-dealer from membership. Citing Sunshine Anthracite Coal Co.

    v. Adkins, 310 U.S. 381 (1940), the Second Circuit found that, in

    light of the statutory provisions vesting the SEC with power to

    approve or disapprove NASD’s rules according to reasonably fixed

    statutory standards, and the fact that NASD disciplinary actions are

    subject to SEC review, there was “no merit in the contention that

    the Maloney Act unconstitutionally delegates power to the NASD.”

    R.H. Johnson v. Securities and Exchange Commission, 198 F. 2d 690,

    695 (2d Cir. 1952).

    In 1977, the Third Circuit, in Todd & Co. v. Securities and

    Exchange Commission (“Todd”), 557 F.2d 1008 (3rd Cir. 1977),

    likewise concluded that the Act did not unconstitutionally delegate

    legislative power to a private institution. The Todd court

    articulated critical factors that kept the Maloney Act within

    constitutional bounds. First, the SEC had the power, according to

    reasonably fixed statutory standards, to approve or disapprove

    NASD’s rules before they could go into effect. Second, all NASD

    judgments of rule violations or penalty assessments were subject to

    SEC review. Third, all NASD adjudications were subject to a de novo

    (non-deferential) standard of review by the SEC, which could be

    aided by additional evidence, if necessary. Id. at 1012. Based on

    these factors, the court found that “[NASD’s] rules and its

    disciplinary actions were subject to full review by the SEC, a

    wholly public body, which must base its decision on its own

    findings” and thus that the statutory scheme was constitutional.

    Id., at 1012-13. See also First Jersey Securities v. Bergen, 605

    F.2d 690 (1979), applying the same three-part test delineated in

    Todd, and then upholding a statutory narrowing of the Todd test.

    Further, in 1982, the Ninth Circuit considered the

    constitutionality of Congress’ delegation to NASD in Sorrel v.

    Securities and Exchange Commission, 679 F. 2d 1323 (9th Cir. 1982).

    Sorrel followed R.H. Johnson, Todd and First Jersey in holding that

    because the SEC reviews NASD rules according to reasonably fixed

    standards, and the SEC can review any NASD disciplinary action, the

    Maloney Act does not impermissibly delegate power to NASD.

    84 Establishment of Speculative Position Limits, 46 FR 50938,

    50939 (Oct. 16, 1981). As the Commission noted at that time that

    “[s]ince many exchanges have already implemented their own

    speculative position limits on certain contracts, the new rule

    merely effectuates completion of a regulatory philosophy the

    industry and the Commission appear to share.” Id. at 50940. The

    Commission believes this is true for the current proposal.

    85 See Futures Trading Act of 1982, Public Law 97-444, 96

    Stat. 2299-30 (1983). In 2010, the Commission noted that the 1982

    legislation “also gave the Commission, under section 4a(5) of the

    Act, the authority to directly enforce violations of exchange-set,

    Commission-approved speculative position limits in addition to

    position limits established directly by the Commission through

    orders or regulations.” Federal Speculative Position Limits for

    Referenced Energy Contracts and Associated Regulations, 75 FR 4144,

    4145 (Jan. 36, 2010) (“2010 Position Limits Proposal for Referenced

    Energy Contracts”). Section 4a(5) has since been redesignated as

    section 4a(e) of the Act. 7 U.S.C. 4a(e).

    86 2010 Position Limits for Referenced Energy Contracts at

    4145.

    87 Id.

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission notes that it retains the power to approve or

    disapprove the rules of exchanges, under standards set out pursuant to

    the CEA, and to review an exchange’s compliance with those rules. By

    way of example, the Commission notes that its Division of Market

    Oversight would conduct “rule enforcement reviews” 88 of each

    exchange’s compliance with the rules it files under this current

    proposal. Such reviews would include an examination of how effectively

    an exchange administers these three proposed processes, including

    review of recognitions and exemptions granted under the rules.

    Exchanges, as SROs, are also subject to comprehensive Commission

    regulation.89

    —————————————————————————

    88 See note126 for further information regarding the

    Commission’s rule enforcement review program.

    89 See, e.g., Sec. 1.52 of the Commission’s regulations, 17

    CFR 1.52 (Self-regulatory organization adoption and surveillance of

    minimum financial requirements); part 37, 17 CFR part 37 (Swap

    Execution Facilities); part 38, 17 CFR part 38 (Designated Contract

    Markets); and part 40, 17 CFR part 40 (Provisions Common to

    Registered Entities).

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission–in adopting and administering a regime that permits

    certain SROs (i.e., DCMs and SEFs that meet certain criteria) to

    recognize positions as bona fide hedges subject to Commission review,

    modification, or rejection–proposes building upon the experience and

    expertise of the DCMs in administering their own processes for

    recognition of bona fide hedging positions under current Sec.

    1.3(z).90 Consistent with current market practice, the three proposed

    exchange-administered processes will accomplish fact gathering

    regarding large positions for the Commission, without much expense of

    Commission resources. The information obtained by means of fact

    gathering during the application processes will be available to the

    Commission at any time upon request and pursuant to the recordkeeping

    and recording provisions at proposed Sec. Sec. 150.9 (b) and (c),

    150.10(b) and (c), and 150.11(b) and (c). The Commission believes that

    the initial disposition of applications through the exchange-

    administered processes should establish a reasonable basis for a

    Commission determination that an application should be subsequently

    approved or denied. The Commission anticipates that exchanges will

    advise and consult with Commission staff regarding the effectiveness of

    these programs, once implemented by the exchanges, and their utility in

    advancing the policy objectives of the Act.

    —————————————————————————

    90 See note 116, and accompanying text (pointing to ICE

    Futures U.S. and CME Group comment letters noting their experience

    overseeing position limits, position accountability levels, and the

    recognition of bona fide hedges.)

    —————————————————————————

    Moreover, the Commission is not diluting its ability to recognize

    or not recognize bona fide hedging positions 91 or to grant or not

    grant spread exemptions. The Commission has reserved to itself the

    ability to review any exchange action, and to review any application by

    a market participant to an exchange, whether prior to or after

    disposition of such application by an exchange. An exchange may ask the

    Commission to consider an NEBFH application (proposed Sec.

    150.9(a)(8)), spread application (proposed Sec. 150.10(a)(8)), or

    enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge application (proposed Sec.

    150.11(a)(6)). The Commission may also on its own initiative at any

    time–before or after action by an exchange–review any application

    submitted to an exchange for recognition of an NEBFH (proposed Sec.

    150.9(d)(1)), a spread exemption (proposed Sec. 150.10(d)(1)), or an

    enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge (proposed Sec.

    150.11(d)(1)).92 And, as noted above, market participants will still

    be able to request a staff interpretive letter under Sec. 140.99 from

    the Commission or seek exemptive relief under CEA section 4a(a)(7) from

    the Commission, as an alternative to the three proposed exchange-

    administered processes.93

    —————————————————————————

    91 In connection with recognition of bona fide hedging

    positions, the Commission notes that the statute is silent or

    ambiguous with respect to the specific issue–whether the CFTC may

    authorize SROs to recognize positions as bona fide hedging

    positions. CEA section 4a(c) provides that no Commission rule

    establishing federal position limits applies to positions which are

    shown to be bona fide hedging positions, as such term shall be

    defined by the CFTC. As noted above, the “shown to be” phrase is

    passive voice, which could encompass either a position holder or an

    exchange being able to “show” that a position is entitled to

    treatment as a bona fide hedge, and does not specify that the

    Commission must be the party determining in advance whether the

    position or transaction was shown to be bona fide; the Commission

    interprets that provision to permit certain SROs (i.e., DCMs and

    SEFs, meeting certain criteria) to recognize positions as bona fide

    hedges for purposes of federal limits when done so within a regime

    where the Commission can review and modify or overturn such

    determinations. Under the proposal, an SRO’s recognition is

    tentative, because the Commission would reserve the power to review

    the recognition, subject to the reasonably fixed statutory standards

    in CEA section 4a(c)(2) (directing the CFTC to define the term bona

    fide hedging position). An SRO’s recognition would also be

    constrained by the SRO’s rules, which would be subject to CFTC

    review under the proposal. The SROs are parties that are subject to

    Commission authority, their rules are subject to Commission review

    and their actions are subject to Commission de novo review under the

    proposal–SRO rules and actions may be changed by the Commission at

    any time.

    92 Under the review process set forth in proposed Sec. Sec.

    150.9(d) and 150.10(d), the Commission will give notice to the

    exchange and the applicable applicant that they have 10 business

    days to provide any supplemental information to the Commission. The

    review process set forth in proposed Sec. 150.11(d) is simpler

    because the Commission does not anticipate that applications for

    recognition of enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge positions

    would be based on novel facts and circumstances; instead the review

    of such an application would focus on whether the application met

    the filing requirements contained in proposed Sec. 150.11(a). If

    the filing was not complete, then proposed Sec. 150.11(d) would

    provide an opportunity to supplement to the applicant and the

    exchange.

    During the review process, when the Commission considers an

    exchange’s disposition of an application, the Commission will

    consider not only the Act but the Commission’s relevant regulations

    and interpretations. That is, the Commission will apply the same

    standards during review as the exchange should or would have applied

    in disposing of an application.

    93 The December 2013 position limits proposal provides that

    market participants can request a staff interpretive letter under

    Sec. 140.99 from Commission staff or seek exemptive relief under

    CEA section 4a(a)(7) from the Commission. See, e.g., 78 FR at 75719-

    20. As noted above, the process of requesting interpretations under

    Sec. 140.99 would also be available to market participants whose

    application for recognition of a position as a bona fide hedge was

    rejected by an exchange. See supra note 76; see also infra note 109

    and accompanying text.

    —————————————————————————

    [[Page 38467]]

    The Commission notes that CEA section 8a(5) authorizes the

    Commission to make such rules as, in its judgment, are reasonably

    necessary to effectuate any of the provisions or to accomplish any of

    the purposes of the Act.94 The Commission currently views the

    proposed processes to be reasonably necessary to implement CEA section

    4a(a)(1), including for the purpose of diminishing, eliminating, or

    preventing the burden of excessive speculation.95 As pointed out by

    the Commission in 1981: “Section [4a(a)(1)] represents an express

    Congressional finding that excessive speculation is harmful to the

    market, and a finding that speculative limits are an effective

    prophylactic measure. Section 8a(5), accordingly would authorize the

    Commission to develop regulations necessary to effectuate the purposes

    of the Act, one of which is expressed in section [4a(a)(1)]. Consistent

    with this approach, the Commission fashioned rule 1.61 [current rule

    150.5] to assure that the exchanges would have an opportunity to employ

    their knowledge of their individual contract markets to propose the

    position limits they believe most appropriate.” 96

    —————————————————————————

    94 7 U.S.C. 12a(5).

    95 7 U.S.C. 6a(a)(1). The proposal also is reasonably

    necessary to accomplish the purposes of the Act delineated in CEA

    section 3(b): “to deter and prevent price manipulation or any other

    disruptions to market integrity. 7 U.S.C. 5(b). Further, the

    proposal is reasonably necessary to accomplish the purposes of the

    Act delineated in CEA section 4a(c)(1) “to permit producers,

    purchasers, sellers, middlemen, and users of a commodity or a

    product derived therefrom to hedge their legitimate anticipated

    business needs.” 7 U.S.C. 6a(c)(1).

    96 46 FR 50938, 50940 (Oct. 16, 1981). Commission Sec. 1.61

    required all contract markets not subject to federal speculative

    position limits to adopt and enforce exchange-set speculative

    position limits; in 1999, as part of the Commission’s simplification

    and reorganization of its position limit rules, the substance of

    rule 1.61’s requirements were relocated to Part 150 of the

    Commission’s rules, “thereby incorporating within that Part all

    Commission rules relating to speculative position limits.” 64 FR

    24038, 24040 (May 5, 1999).

    —————————————————————————

    In addition, section 8a(7) of the Act provides the Commission with

    authority to alter or supplement the rules of a registered entity,

    including DCMs and SEFs, if the Commission determines that such changes

    are necessary or appropriate.97 Consequently, as the Commission noted

    in 1981, “CEA section 8a(7) further underscores the fact that Congress

    affirmatively contemplated a regulatory system whereby the exchanges

    would act in the first instance to adopt rules which would protect

    persons producing, handling, processing or consuming any commodity

    traded for future delivery. Secondarily, the Commission has express

    authority to mandate any modifications to an exchange’s rules to

    protect such persons.” 98

    —————————————————————————

    97 CEA section 8a(7) provides the Commission with authority

    “to alter or supplement the rules of a registered entity insofar as

    necessary or appropriate by rule or regulation or by order, if after

    making the appropriate request in writing to a registered entity

    that such registered entity effect on its own behalf specified

    changes in its rules and practices, and after appropriate notice and

    opportunity for hearing, the Commission determines that such

    registered entity has not made the changes so required, and that

    such changes are necessary or appropriate for the protection of

    persons producing, handling, processing, or consuming any commodity

    traded for future delivery on such registered entity, or the product

    or byproduct thereof, or for the protection of traders or to insure

    fair dealing in commodities traded for future delivery on such

    registered entity.” 7 U.S.C. 12a(7).

    98 46 FR 50938, 50940 (Oct. 16, 1981). See also the

    Commission’s statement in 1999, that the Commission and the

    exchanges “share responsibility for enforcement of speculative

    position limits,” noting that “the Commission can directly take

    enforcement actions against violations of exchange-set speculative

    position limits as well as those provided under Commission rules.”

    64 FR 24038, note 3 and accompanying text (May 5, 1999).

    —————————————————————————

    D. Exchange Recognition of Positions as Non-Enumerated Bona Fide Hedges

    1. Background

    DCMs have for some time set their own position limits on numerous

    physical commodity futures contracts pursuant to DCM Core Principle

    5.99 DCMs have established exchange-set limits for futures contracts,

    including for futures contracts currently subject to Commission-set

    limits under current Sec. 150.2, as well as other futures contracts

    not subject to federal position limits. Pursuant to the guidance of

    current Sec. 150.5(d), DCMs may grant exemptions to exchange-set

    position limits for positions that meet the Commission’s general

    definition of bona fide hedging position in current Sec.

    1.3(z)(1).100 Current Sec. 1.3(z)(2) provides a list of enumerated

    bona fide hedging positions. In addition, current Sec. 1.3(z)(3)

    provides a procedure for market participants to seek recognition from

    the Commission for NEBFHs for contracts subject to federal position

    limits under current Sec. 150.2. DCMs generally have granted NEBFH

    exemptions pursuant to exchange rules that incorporate the Commission’s

    general definition of bona fide hedging positions in current Sec.

    1.3(z)(1).

    —————————————————————————

    99 7 U.S.C. 7(d)(5). As explained in the December 2013

    position limits proposal, “the CFMA core principles regime

    concerning position limitations or accountability for exchanges had

    the effect of undercutting the mandatory rules promulgated by the

    Commission in Sec. 150.5. Since the CFMA amended the CEA in 2000,

    the Commission has retained Sec. 150.5, but only as guidance on,

    and acceptable practice for, compliance with DCM core principle 5.”

    December 2013 position limits proposal, 78 FR at 75754.

    Prior to the Commodity Futures Modernization Act of 2000

    (“CFMA”), DCMs set position limits pursuant to the requirements of

    Sec. 150.5, adopted on May 5, 1999. 17 CFR 150.5; see 64 FR 24038

    (May 5, 1999) (codifying various policies related to the requirement

    that DCMs set speculative position limits); see also 46 FR 50938

    (Oct. 16, 1981) (requiring DCMs to set speculative position limits

    in active futures markets for which no exchange or Commission

    imposed limits were then in effect). There are only nine commodity

    futures contracts currently subject to federal position limits

    pursuant to Sec. 150.2 of the Commission’s regulations. 17 CFR

    150.5.

    100 17 CFR 1.3(z)(1).

    —————————————————————————

    In contrast to the longstanding DCM experience monitoring position

    limits on futures contracts and granting exemptions to those exchange-

    set limits on futures contracts, exchanges generally do not currently

    administer speculative position limits on swaps. Previously, facilities

    operating under CEA section 2(h)(3) as exempt commercial markets

    (“ECMs”) were subject to CFTC regulation under authority granted by

    Congress in 2008 (although that authority was subsequently superseded

    by the Dodd-Frank Act).101 Under that 2008 authority, the Commission

    issued guidance that an ECM should establish spot month position limits

    on any swap contract that the Commission determined to be a significant

    price discovery contract (“SPDC”).102 However, since the Dodd-Frank

    Act, exchanges have “futurized” (or converted into futures contracts)

    those SPDCs.103 Thus, the Commission understands that exchanges

    generally do

    [[Page 38468]]

    not currently have speculative position limits applicable to swaps

    contracts.

    —————————————————————————

    101 The CFTC Reauthorization Act of 2008, H.R. 2419, sec.

    13201 (May 22, 2008) (promulgating 7 U.S.C. 2(h)(7(C)(ii)(IV) (Core

    Principles Applicable to Significant Price Discovery Contracts–

    Position Limitations or Accountability). The Dodd-Frank Act amended

    CEA section 2(h), effective July 16, 2011, H.R. 4173, sec. 734(a)

    (July 21, 2010), replacing the provisions governing ECMs with

    clearing requirements in regards to swaps.

    102 17 CFR part 36. It should be noted that prior to the Dodd-

    Frank Act, ECMs could require clearing of swaps at a particular DCO

    and, thus, could gain access to information on open positions in a

    particular swap from a single affiliated DCO. The Dodd-Frank Act

    altered the playing field, providing market participants with a

    choice as to which DCO they wish to use. CEA section 5h(f)(11)(B)

    generally does not permit a SEF to impose any material

    anticompetitive burden on clearing. 7 U.S.C. 7b-3(f)(11)(B).

    103 In 2012, ICE (which listed the only contracts that had

    been determined by the Commission to be SPDCs) “futurized” the

    SPDC contracts listed on its ECM by listing them instead on its DCM

    (as it noted at that time, its plan was to “convert 251 Energy

    Contracts to futures contracts that would be listed for trading on

    the Exchange’s electronic trading platform,” along with a request

    that the Commission issue an order transferring the swap open

    interest carried at the DCO for the ICE ECM OTC contracts to futures

    and options open interest carried at the DCO for ICE, the DCM. ICE

    Submission No. 12-45, August 15, 2012).

    —————————————————————————

    CEA section 4a(c) provides generally that federal position limits

    do not apply to positions that are shown to be bona fide hedging

    positions.104 CEA section 4a(c)(2), adopted by the Dodd-Frank Act,

    directs the Commission to narrow the scope of what constitutes a bona

    fide hedging position, for the purpose of implementing federal position

    limits on physical commodity derivatives, within specific

    parameters.105 In response to that directive, the Commission proposed

    to add a definition of bona fide hedging position in Sec. 150.1, to

    replace the definition in current Sec. 1.3(z).106

    —————————————————————————

    104 7 U.S.C. 6a(c)(1).

    105 CEA section 4a(c)(2) generally requires the Commission to

    define a bona fide hedging position as a position that: (a) Meets

    three tests (a position (1) is a substitute for activity in the

    physical marketing channel (“temporary substitute test”), (2) is

    economically appropriate to the reduction of risk, and (3) arises

    from the potential change in value of current or anticipated assets,

    liabilities or services); or (b) reduces the risk of a swap that was

    executed opposite a counterparty for which such swap would meet the

    three tests (“pass-through swap offset requirement”). 7 U.S.C.

    6a(c)(2). In contrast, the definition of a bona fide hedge in

    current Sec. 1.3(z): Does not include the temporary substitute

    test, but instead includes guidance that a bona fide hedging

    position should normally represent a substitute for transactions in

    the physical marketing channel; and does not include the pass-

    through swap offset requirement. See December 2013 positions limits

    proposal at 75708-9.

    106 See December 2013 position limits proposal 78 FR at 75706,

    75823.

    —————————————————————————

    The December 2013 position limits proposal would replace the

    process for Commission recognition of NEBFHs under current Sec.

    1.3(z)(3) 107 and Sec. 1.47 108 of the Commission’s regulations

    with proposed Sec. 150.3(e), which would provide guidance for persons

    seeking non-enumerated hedging exemptions through the filing of a

    petition under section 4a(a)(7) of the Act or by requesting an

    interpretation under Sec. 140.99.109 When discussing non-enumerated

    hedges in the December 2013 position limits proposal, the Commission

    noted that “[u]nder the proposal for physical commodities, additional

    enumerated hedges could only be added to the definition of bona fide

    hedging position by way of notice and comment rulemaking,” and asked

    whether it should “adopt, as an alternative, an administrative

    procedure that would allow the Commission to add additional enumerated

    bona fide hedges without requiring notice and comment rulemaking.”

    110 The Commission recognized that “there are complexities to

    analyzing the various price risks applicable to particular commercial

    circumstances in order to determine whether a hedge exemption is

    warranted.” 111

    —————————————————————————

    107 17 CFR 1.3(z)(3) (providing authority for the Commission

    to recognize bona fide hedge positions other than those enumerated

    in Sec. 1.3(z)(2)).

    108 17 CFR 1.47 (providing a process for persons to

    demonstrate NEBFH falls within the scope of Sec. 1.3(z)(1)). As

    noted in the December 2013 position limits proposal, “Section 1.47

    of the Commission’s regulations was removed and reserved by the

    vacated part 151 Rulemaking. On September 28, 2012, the District

    Court for the District of Columbia vacated the part 151 Rulemaking

    with the exception of the amendments to Sec. 150.2. 887 F. Supp. 2d

    259 (D.D.C. 2012). Vacating the part 151 Rulemaking, with the

    exception of the amendments to Sec. 150.2, means that as things

    stand now, it is as if the Commission had never adopted any part of

    the part 151 Rulemaking other than the amendments to Sec. 150.2.

    That is, . . . Sec. 1.47 is still in effect.” December 2013

    position limits proposal, 78 FR at 75740, note 478. The full text of

    current Sec. 1.47 can be found at https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-2010-title17-vol1/pdf/CFR-2010-title17-vol1-sec1-47.pdf. See 17

    CFR 1.3(z) (2010). Similarly, the full text of current Sec.

    1.3(z)(3) can be found at https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-2010-title17-vol1/pdf/CFR-2010-title17-vol1-sec1-3.pdf. See 17 CFR 1.3(z)

    (2010).

    109 7 U.S.C. 6a(a)(7) and 17 CFR 140.99, respectively.

    110 December 2013 position limits proposal, 78 FR at 75718.

    111 Id. at 75703.

    —————————————————————————

    Historically, the Commission has recognized bona fide hedges where

    a demonstrated physical price risk has been shown.112 In addition,

    when summarizing the disposition of the Working Group petition requests

    in the December 2013 position limits proposal, the Commission observed

    that “context is essential to determining the nature of any price risk

    that has been realized and could support the existence of a bona fide

    hedge,” and “the only way to evaluate the nature of any price risk

    would be for the Commission to be provided with particulars of the

    transaction.” 113

    —————————————————————————

    112 Id.

    113 Id. at 75719-20. As noted above, under the December 2013

    position limits proposal, the Commission could consider the facts

    and circumstances if the party either requested a staff interpretive

    letter under Sec. 140.99 or exemptive relief under CEA section

    4a(a)(7). See also note 76 and accompanying text.

    —————————————————————————

    2. Comments on the December 2013 Process for Recognition of a Position

    as a Bona Fide Hedge

    Some commenters have suggested that the Commission permit exchanges

    to process applications for non-enumerated bona fide hedges

    (“NEBFHs”).114 For example, ICE Futures U.S. (“ICE Futures U.S.”)

    commented that the Commission should not now undertake the daily

    administration of NEBFHs when its resources are limited,115 and

    stated that it has extensive, direct experience overseeing position

    limits, position accountability levels, and the recognition of bona

    fide hedges.116 “The

    [[Page 38469]]

    rules and procedures developed and used by . . . [ICE Futures U.S.] to

    perform this important function were designed to incorporate the

    specific needs and differing practices of the commercial participants

    in each of its markets as those needs and practices have developed over

    time.” 117 These commenters generally espoused the view that the

    Commission should continue in its broad oversight role in the granting

    of hedge exemptions and should not begin to become involved in the

    daily administration of hedge exemptions. One academic suggested that

    permitting the exchanges to process NEBFH applications would be

    acceptable so long as the Commission surveils the work of the

    exchanges.118

    —————————————————————————

    114 See, e.g., comment of Tom LaSala, CME Group, that “the

    exchanges would be open to a 1.47-like process” where the exchanges

    would review requests for recognition of non-enumerated bona fide

    hedge positions on behalf of the Commission, Transcript, Roundtable

    on Position Limits, June 19, 2014, p. 125, available at http://www.cftc.gov/PressRoom/Events/opaevent_cftcstaff061914; Futures

    Industry Association (FIA), on July 31, 2014 (“CL-FIA-59931”), at

    8 (recommending exchange review of non-enumerated hedge applications

    in the first instance); ISDA and SIFMA on July 7, 2014 (“CL-ISDA/

    SIFMA-59917”), at 4 (suggesting that the Commission include in the

    final rulemaking a process for market participants to apply to

    registered exchanges for bona fide hedging exemptions); Natural Gas

    Supply Association (“NGSA”) on Aug. 4, 2014 (“CL-NGSA-59941”),

    at 9 (requesting the Commission to consider using ICE and CME Group

    to continue to administer hedge exemptions); Working Group on March

    30, 2015 (“CL-Working Group-60396”), at 6 (recommending that DCMs

    be able to grant bona fide hedge exemptions in the energy industry

    either on an enumerated or non-enumerated basis); International

    Energy Credit Association (“IECreditAssn”) on Aug. 4, 2014 (“CL-

    IECreditAssn-59957”), at 6 (stating that “the [IECreditAssn] is

    generally supportive of a pre-approval procedure for nonenumerated

    hedging exemptions, whereby a commercial end-user could first seek

    and obtain review and approval by a CFTC-regulated Exchange”); ICE

    on March 30, 2015 (“CL-ICE-60387”), at 8 (noting that “the

    exchanges should continue to exercise the authority to grant non-

    enumerated hedge exemption requests pursuant to their rules and

    procedures”); COPE on March 30, 2015 (“CL-COPE-60388”), at 6-8

    (supporting Working Group’s suggestion that DCMs administer

    enumerated and non-enumerated hedge exemptions). See also Plains

    All-American Pipeline, L.P. (“PAAP”) on Aug. 4, 2014 (“CL-PAAP-

    59951”), at 3-4; BG Group Energy Merchants (“BG Energy”) on March

    30, 2015 (“CL-BG Energy-60383”), at 7-8; Sempra Energy

    (“Sempra”) on March 30, 2015 (“CL-SEMP-60384”), at 5. Contra

    Occupy the SEC on Aug. 7, 2014 (“CL-OSEC-59972”) at 4 (maintaining

    that permitting exchanges to “self-define” hedging exceptions

    “would likely create an environment conducive to producing a `race

    to the bottom’ among exchanges as they would have incentives to

    attract and retain participants seeking to take advantage of the

    loosest rules”); Institute for Agriculture and Trade Policy on

    March 30, 2015 (“CL-IATP-60394”) at 3 (arguing that the Commission

    should not permit the exchanges “to manage position limits”). See

    also Transcript, Agricultural Advisory Committee Meeting, Sept. 22,

    2015, pp. 124-51 available at http://www.cftc.gov/idc/groups/public/@newsroom/documents/file/aac_transcript092215.pdf (discussing

    exchange-administered processes for NEBFHs); Transcript, Energy and

    Environmental Markets Advisory Committee Meeting, Feb. 26, 2015, pp.

    239-44, available at http://www.cftc.gov/idc/groups/public/@aboutcftc/documents/file/emactranscript022615.pdf (offering a

    general discussion touching on alternative processes).

    115 ICE Futures U.S., on March 30, 2015 (“CL-ICEUS-60378”),

    at 3-4. See also CL-CME-60406, at 5 (stating that “CME Group is

    sympathetic to the fact that the Commission faces resource

    constraints that would prevent it from administering a workable non-

    enumerated hedge exemption in real time . . . .”).

    116 CL-ICEUS-60378 at 1. See also CL-CME-60406 at 5 (noting

    that “[E]xchanges have years of experience reviewing requests for

    hedge exemptions and approving or denying those requests based on a

    facts-and-circumstances approach.”); statement of R. Oppenheimer on

    behalf of the Working Group, Energy and Environmental Markets

    Advisory Committee meeting, July 29, 2015 (asserting that “The

    exchanges have the knowledge, the expertise, and the regulatory

    incentive to carefully scrutinize the exemption process, and they

    already engage in a parallel process for their own interest in self-

    regulating and ensuring convergence and orderly liquidation of

    futures contracts as they come to expiry.”)

    117 CL-ICEUS-60378 at 1.

    118 John Parsons, Transcript, Roundtable on Position Limits,

    June 19, 2014, at 135-6.

    —————————————————————————

    3. Proposed NEBFH Recognition Process

    In light of DCM experience in granting NEBFH exemptions to

    exchange-set position limits for futures contracts, and after

    consideration of comments recommending exchange review of NEBFH

    requests, the Commission now proposes to permit exchanges to recognize

    NEBFHs with respect to the proposed federal speculative position

    limits. Under proposed Sec. 150.9, an exchange, as an SRO 119 that

    is under Commission oversight and whose rules are subject to Commission

    review,120 could establish rules under which the exchange could

    recognize as NEBFHs positions that meet the general definition of bona

    fide hedging position in proposed Sec. 150.1, which implements the

    statutory directive in CEA section 4a(c) for the general definition of

    bona fide hedging positions in physical commodities.121 The

    exchange’s recognition would be subject to review by the Commission.

    Exchange recognition of a position as a NEBFH would allow the market

    participant to exceed the federal position limit to the extent that it

    relied upon the exchange’s recognition unless and until such time that

    the Commission notified the market participant to the contrary.122

    The Commission could issue such a notification in accordance with the

    proposed review procedures. That is, if a party were to hold positions

    pursuant to a NEBFH recognition granted by the exchange, such positions

    would not be subject to federal position limits, unless or until the

    Commission were to determine that such NEBFH recognition is

    inconsistent with the CEA or CFTC regulations thereunder. Under this

    framework, the Commission would continue to exercise its authority in

    this regard by reviewing an exchange’s determination and verifying

    whether the facts and circumstances in respect of a derivative position

    satisfy the requirements of the general definition of bona fide hedging

    position proposed in Sec. 150.1.123 If the Commission determined

    that the exchange-granted recognition was inconsistent with section

    4a(c) of the Act and the Commission’s general definition of bona fide

    hedging position in Sec. 150.1 and so notified a market participant

    relying on such recognition, the market participant would be required

    to reduce the derivative position or otherwise come into compliance

    with position limits within a commercially reasonable amount of time.

    —————————————————————————

    119 As noted above, under the Commission’s regulations, SROs

    have certain delineated regulatory responsibilities, which are

    carried out under Commission oversight and which are subject to

    Commission review. See also, note 126 (describing reviews of DCMs

    carried out by the Commission).

    120 See CEA section 5c(c), 7 U.S.C. 7a-2(a) (providing

    Commission with authority to review rules and rule amendments of

    registered entities, including DCMs).

    121 As previously noted, Congress has required in CEA section

    4a(c) that the Commission, within specific parameters, define what

    constitutes a bona fide hedging position for the purpose of

    implementing federal position limits on physical commodity

    derivatives, including, as previously stated, the inclusion in new

    section 4a(c)(2) of a directive to narrow the bona fide hedging

    definition for physical commodity positions from that currently in

    Commission regulation Sec. 1.3(z). See supra notes 32 and 105 and

    accompanying text; see also December 2013 positions limits proposal

    at 75705. In response to that mandate, the Commission proposed in

    its December 2013 position limits proposal to add a definition of

    bona fide hedging position in Sec. 150.1, to replace the definition

    in current Sec. 1.3(z) See 78 FR at 75706, 75823.

    For the avoidance of doubt, the Commission is still reviewing

    comments received on these provisions. The Commission intends to

    finalize the general definition of bona fide hedging position based

    on the standards of CEA section 4a(c), and may further define the

    bona fide hedging position definition consistent with those

    standards.

    122 See generally the discussion of proposed Sec. 150.9(d)

    and the requirements regarding the review of applications by the

    Commission, below. The Commission notes that exchange participation

    is voluntary, not mandatory and that exchanges could elect not to

    administer the process. Market participants could still request a

    staff interpretive letter under Sec. 140.99 or seek exemptive

    relief under CEA section 4a(a)(7), per the December 2013 position

    limits proposal. The process does not protect exchanges or

    applicants from charges of violations of applicable sections of the

    CEA or other Commission regulations. For instance, a market

    participant’s compliance with position limits or an exemption

    thereto would not confer any type of safe harbor or good faith

    defense to a claim that he had engaged in an attempted manipulation,

    a perfected manipulation or deceptive conduct; see the discussion of

    Sec. 150.6 (Ongoing application of the Act and Commission

    regulations) as proposed in the December 2013 position limits

    proposal, 78 FR at 75746-7.

    123 See, e.g. the general discussion of the Commission’s

    review process proposed in Sec. 151.9(c), which would support the

    Commission’s surveillance program by facilitating the tracking of

    NEBFHs recognized by exchanges, keeping the Commission informed of

    the manner in which an exchange is administering its procedures for

    recognizing such NEBFHs.

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission believes that permitting exchanges to so recognize

    NEBFHs is consistent with its statutory obligation to set and enforce

    position limits on physical commodity contracts, because the Commission

    is retaining its authority to determine ultimately whether any NEBFH so

    recognized is in fact a bona fide hedging position. The Commission’s

    authority to set position limits does not extend to any position that

    is shown to be a bona fide hedging position.124 Further, most, if not

    all, DCMs already have a framework and application process to recognize

    non-enumerated positions, for purposes of exchange-set limits, as

    within the meaning of the general bona fide hedging definition in Sec.

    1.3(z)(1).125 The Commission has a long history of overseeing the

    performance of the DCMs in granting appropriate exemptions under

    current exchange rules regarding exchange-set position limits 126 and

    [[Page 38470]]

    believes that it would be efficient and in the best interest of the

    markets, in light of current resource constraints,127 to rely on the

    exchanges to initially process applications for recognition of

    positions as NEBFHs. In addition, because many market participants are

    familiar with current DCM practices regarding bona fide hedges,

    permitting DCMs to build on current practice may reduce the burden on

    market participants. Moreover, the process outlined below should reduce

    duplicative efforts because market participants seeking recognition of

    an NEBFH would be able to file one application for relief, only to an

    exchange, rather than to both an exchange with respect to exchange-set

    limits and to the Commission with respect to federal limits.128

    —————————————————————————

    124 CEA section 4a(c)(1), 7 U.S.C. 6a(c)(1). See also supra

    note 65.

    125 Rulebooks for some DCMs can be found in the links to their

    associated documents on the Commission’s Web site at http://sirt.cftc.gov/SIRT/SIRT.aspx?Topic=TradingOrganizations.

    126 The Commission bases this view on its long experience

    overseeing DCMs and their compliance with the requirements of CEA

    section 5 and part 38 of the Commission’s regulations, 17 CFR part

    38. Under part 38, a DCM must comply, on an initial and ongoing

    basis, with twenty-three Core Principles established in section 5(d)

    of the CEA, 7 U.S.C. 7(d), and part 38 of the CFTC’s regulations and

    with the implementing regulations under part 38. The Division of

    Market Oversight’s Market Compliance Section conducts regular

    reviews of each DCM’s ongoing compliance with core principles

    through the self-regulatory programs operated by the exchange in

    order to enforce its rules, prevent market manipulation and customer

    and market abuses, and ensure the recording and safe storage of

    trade information. These reviews are known as rule enforcement

    reviews (“RERs”). Some periodic RERs examine a DCM’s market

    surveillance program for compliance with Core Principle 4,

    Monitoring of Trading, and Core Principle 5, Position Limitations or

    Accountability. On some occasions, these two types of RERs may be

    combined in a single RER. Market Compliance can also conduct

    horizontal RERs of the compliance of multiple exchanges in regard to

    particular core principles. In conducting an RER, the Division of

    Market Oversight (DMO) staff examines trading and compliance

    activities at the exchange in question over an extended time period

    selected by DMO, typically the twelve months immediately preceding

    the start of the review. Staff conducts extensive review of

    documents and systems used by the exchange in carrying out its self-

    regulatory responsibilities; interviews compliance officials and

    staff of the exchange; and prepares a detailed written report of

    findings. In nearly all cases, the RER report is made available to

    the public and posted on CFTC.gov. See materials regarding RERs of

    DCMs at http://www.cftc.gov/IndustryOversight/TradingOrganizations/DCMs/dcmruleenf on the Commission’s Web site. Recent RERs conducted

    by DMO covering DCM Core Principle 5 and exemptions from position

    limits have included the Minneapolis Grain Exchange, Inc. (“MGEX”)

    (June 5, 2015), ICE Futures U.S. (July 22, 2014), the Chicago

    Mercantile Exchange (“CME”) and the Chicago Board of Trade

    (“CBOT”) (July 26, 2013), and the New York Mercantile Exchange

    (May 19, 2008). While DMO may sometimes identify deficiencies or

    make recommendations for improvements, it is the Commission’s view

    that it should be permissible for DCMs to process applications for

    exchange recognition of positions as NEBFHs. Consistent with the

    fifteen SEF core principles established in section 5h(f) of the CEA,

    7 U.S.C. 7b-3(f), and with the implementing regulations under part

    37, 17 CFR part 37, the Commission will perform similar RERs for

    SEFs. The Commission’s preliminary view is that it should be

    permissible for SEFs to process applications as well, after

    obtaining the requisite experience administering exchange-set

    position limits discussed below.

    127 Since the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, Commissioners,

    CFTC staff, and public officials have expressed repeatedly and

    publicly that Commission resources have not kept pace with the

    CFTC’s expanded jurisdiction and increased responsibilities. The

    Commission anticipates there may be hundreds of applications for

    NEBFHs. This is based on the number of exemptions currently

    processed by DCMs. For example, under the existing process, during

    the period from June 15, 2011 to June 15, 2012, the Market

    Surveillance Department of ICE Futures U.S. received 142 exemption

    applications, 121 of which related to bona fide hedging requests,

    while 21 related to arbitrage or cash-and-carry requests; 92 new

    exemptions were granted. Rule Enforcement review of ICE Futures

    U.S., July 22, 2014, p. 40. Also under the existing process, during

    the period from November 1, 2010 to October 31, 2011, the Market

    Surveillance Group from the CME Market Regulation Department took

    action on and approved 420 exemption applications for products

    traded on CME and CBOT, including 114 new exemptive applications,

    295 applications for renewal, 10 applications for increased levels,

    and one temporary exemption on an inter-commodity spread. Rule

    Enforcement Review of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the

    Chicago Board of Trade, July 26, 2013, p. 54. These statistics are

    now a few years old, and it is possible that the number of

    applications under the processes outlined in this proposal will

    increase relative to the number of applications described in the

    RERs. The CFTC would need to shift substantial resources, to the

    detriment of other oversight activities, to process so many requests

    and applications and has determined, as described below, to permit

    exchanges to process applications initially. The Commission

    anticipates it will regularly, as practicable, check a sample of the

    exemptions granted, including in cases where the facts warrant

    special attention, retrospectively as described below, including

    through RERs.

    128 One commenter specifically requested that the Commission

    streamline duplicative processes. American Gas Association (“AGA”)

    on March 30, 2015 (“CL-AGA-60382”) at 12 (stating that “AGA . . .

    urges the Commission to ensure that hedge exemption requests and any

    hedge reporting do not require duplicative filings at both the

    exchanges and the Commission, and therefore recommends revising the

    rules to streamline the process by providing that an applicant need

    only apply to and report to the exchanges, while the Commission

    could receive any necessary data and applications by coordinating

    data flow between the exchanges and the Commission.”). See also

    CL–Working Group–60396 (explaining that “To avoid employing

    duplicative efforts, the Commission should simply rely on DCMs to

    administer bona fide hedge exemptions from federal speculative

    position limits as they carry out their core duties to ensure

    orderly markets.”)

    —————————————————————————

    i. Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)–Requirements For Exchange Application

    Process

    a. Submission of Exchange Rules Under Part 40

    The Commission contemplates in proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(1) that

    exchanges may voluntarily elect to process NEBFH applications by filing

    new rules or rule amendments with the Commission pursuant to part 40 of

    the Commission’s regulations. The Commission anticipates that,

    consistent with current practice, most exchanges will self-certify such

    new rules or rule amendments pursuant to Sec. 40.6. The self-

    certification process should be a low burden for exchanges, especially

    for those that already recognize non-enumerated positions meeting the

    general definition of bona fide hedging position in Sec.

    1.3(z)(1).129 In the Commission’s view, allowing DCMs to continue to

    follow current practice, and extend that practice to exchange

    recognition of NEBFHs for purposes of the federal position limits, will

    permit the Commission to more effectively allocate its limited

    resources to oversight of the exchanges’ actions.130

    —————————————————————————

    129 DCMs currently process applications for exemptions from

    exchange-set position limits for certain NEBFHs and enumerated

    anticipatory bona fide hedges, as well as for exemptions from

    exchange-set position limits for certain spread positions, pursuant

    to CFMA-era regulatory guidance. See note 102, above, and

    accompanying text. This practice continues because, among other

    things, the Commission has not finalized the rules proposed in the

    December 2013 position limits proposal.

    As noted above and as explained in the December 2013 position

    limits proposal, while current Sec. 150.5 regarding exchange-set

    position limits pre-dates the CFMA “the CFMA core principles regime

    concerning position limitations or accountability for exchanges had

    the effect of undercutting the mandatory rules promulgated by the

    Commission in Sec. 150.5. Since the CFMA amended the CEA in 2000,

    the Commission has retained Sec. 150.5, but only as guidance on,

    and acceptable practice for, compliance with DCM core principle 5.”

    December 2013 position limits proposal 78 FR at 75754.

    The DCM application processes for bona fide hedge exemptions

    from exchange-set position limits generally reference or incorporate

    the general definition of bona fide hedging position contained in

    current Sec. 1.3(z)(1), and the Commission believes the exchange

    processes for approving non-enumerated bona fide hedge applications

    are at least to some degree informed by the Commission process

    outlined in current Sec. 1.47.

    130 If the Commission becomes concerned about an exchange’s

    general processing of NEBFH applications, the Commission may review

    such processes pursuant to a periodic rule enforcement review or a

    request for information pursuant to Commission regulation Sec.

    37.5. Separately, under proposed Sec. 150.9(d), the proposal

    provides that the Commission may review a DCM’s determinations in

    the case of any specific NEBFH application.

    —————————————————————————

    RFC 2. Are there any facts and circumstances specific to DCMs that,

    for purposes of exchange limits, currently recognize non-enumerated

    positions meeting the general definition of bona fide hedging position

    in Sec. 1.3(z)(1), that the Commission should accommodate in any final

    regulations regarding the processing of NEBFH applications?

    RFC 3. Are there any concerns regarding an exchange that elects to

    stop processing NEBFH applications? For example, what should be the

    status of a previously recognized NEBFH, if the exchange that

    recognized a NEBFH no longer provides for an annual review?

    b. Requirements for an Exchange To Process Applications

    Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(1) provides that exchange rules must

    incorporate the general definition of bona fide hedging position in

    Sec. 150.1. It also provides that, with respect to a commodity

    derivative position for which an exchange elects to process NEBFH

    applications, (i) the position must be in a commodity derivative

    contract that is a referenced contract; (ii) the exchange must list

    such commodity derivative contract for trading; (iii) such commodity

    derivative contract must be actively traded on such exchange; (iv) such

    exchange must have established position limits for such commodity

    derivative contract; and (v) such exchange must have at least one year

    of experience administering exchange-set position limits for such

    commodity derivative contract. The requirement for one year of

    experience is intended as a proxy for a minimum level of expertise

    gained in monitoring futures or swaps trading in a particular physical

    commodity.

    [[Page 38471]]

    The Commission believes that the exchange NEBFH process should be

    limited only to those exchanges that have at least one year of

    experience overseeing exchange-set position limits in an actively

    traded referenced contract in a particular commodity because an

    individual exchange may not be familiar enough with the specific needs

    and differing practices of the commercial participants in those markets

    for which the exchange does not list any actively traded referenced

    contract in a particular commodity. Thus, if a referenced contract is

    not actively traded on an exchange that elects to process NEBFH

    applications for positions in such referenced contract, that exchange

    might not be incentivized to protect or manage the relevant commodity

    market, and its interests might not be aligned with the policy

    objectives of the Commission as expressed in CEA section 4a. The

    Commission expects that an individual exchange will describe how it

    will determine whether a particular listed referenced contract is

    actively traded in its rule submission, based on its familiarity with

    the specific needs and differing practices of the commercial

    participants in the relevant market.131

    —————————————————————————

    131 For example, a DCM (“DCM A”) may list a commodity

    derivative contract (“KX,” where “K” refers to contract and

    “X” refers to the commodity) that is a referenced contract,

    actively traded, and DCM A has the requisite experience and

    expertise in administering position limits in that one contract KX.

    DCM A can therefore recognize NEBFHs in contract KX. But DCM A is

    not limited to recognition of just that one contract KX-DCM A can

    also recognize any other contract that falls within the meaning of

    referenced contract for commodity X. So a market participant could,

    for example, apply to DCM A for recognition of a position in any

    contract that falls within the meaning of referenced contract for

    commodity X. However, that market participant would still need to

    seek separate recognition from each exchange where it seeks an

    exemption from that other exchange’s limit for a commodity

    derivative contract in the same commodity X.

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission is also mindful that some market participants, such

    as commercial end users in some circumstances, may not be required to

    trade on an exchange, but may nevertheless desire to have a particular

    derivative position recognized as a NEBFH. The Commission believes that

    commercial end users should be able to avail themselves of an

    exchange’s NEBFH application process in lieu of requesting a staff

    interpretive letter under Sec. 140.99 or seeking CEA section 4a(a)(7)

    exemptive relief. This is because the Commission believes that

    exchanges that list particular referenced contracts will have enough

    information about the markets in which such contracts trade and will be

    sufficiently familiar with the specific needs and differing practices

    of the commercial participants in such markets in order to

    knowledgeably recognize NEBFHs for derivatives positions in commodity

    derivative contracts included within a particular referenced contract.

    The Commission also views this to be consistent with the efficient

    allocation of Commission resources.

    RFC 4. Are there circumstances in which the Commission should

    permit an exchange to process an NEBFH application for a position in a

    commodity derivative contract where that contract is a referenced

    contract that is not actively traded on such exchange or for which the

    exchange has less than one year of experience administering position

    limits?

    RFC 5. Should the Commission define “actively traded” in terms of

    a minimum monthly volume of trading, such as an average monthly trading

    volume of 1,000 futures-equivalent contracts over a twelve month

    period?

    RFC 6. Are there any concerns if a market participant applies for

    recognition of a NEBFH on one exchange, intending to execute the trades

    comprising the recognized position away from that exchange (e.g., over

    the counter)?

    RFC 7. Are there concerns regarding the applicability of NEBFH

    positions in the spot month? Should the Commission, parallel to the

    requirements of current regulation 1.3(z)(2) (i.e., the “five-day

    rule”), provide that such positions not be recognized as NEBFH

    positions during the lesser of the last five days of trading or the

    time period for the spot month? 132

    —————————————————————————

    132 17 CFR 1.3(z)(2). See also, e.g., the “bona fide hedging

    position” definition proposed in the December 2013 position limits

    proposal, 78 FR at 75823-24.

    —————————————————————————

    RFC 8. If the Commission permits NEBFH positions to be held into

    the spot month, should recognition of NEBFH positions be conditioned

    upon additional filings to the exchange–similar to the proposed Form

    504 filings required for the proposed conditional spot month limit

    exemption? 133 As proposed, Form 504 would require additional

    information on the market participant’s cash market holdings for each

    day of the spot month period. Under this alternative, market

    participants would submit daily cash position information to the

    exchanges in a format determined by the exchange, which would then be

    required to forward that information to the Commission in a process

    similar to that proposed under Sec. 150.9(c)(2).

    —————————————————————————

    133 The conditional spot month limit exemption and the related

    Form 504 were discussed in the December 2013 position limits

    proposal (78 FR 75680 at 75736-8). A copy of the proposed form was

    submitted to the Federal Register (id. at 75803-8) to ensure the

    public has the opportunity to comment on the information required by

    the proposed form. The Commission estimated the number of market

    participants that would be required to file the form in the December

    2013 position limits proposal (id. at 75783). Commenters are

    encouraged to review and comment on the proposed Form 504 under the

    context of this current proposal.

    —————————————————————————

    RFC 9. Alternatively, if the Commission permits NEBFH positions to

    be held into the spot month, should the Commission require market

    participants to file the Form 504 with the Commission? Under this

    alternative, the relevant cash market information would be submitted

    directly to the Commission, eliminating the need for the exchange to

    intermediate, although the Commission could share such a filing with

    the exchanges. The Commission would adjust the title of the Form 504 to

    clarify that the form would be used for all daily spot month cash

    position reporting purposes, not just the proposed requirements of the

    conditional spot month limit exemption in proposed Sec. 150.3(c).

    Consistent with the restrictions regarding the offset of risks

    arising from a swap position in CEA section 4a(c)(2)(B), proposed Sec.

    150.9(a)(1) would not permit an exchange to recognize an NEBFH

    involving a commodity index contract and one or more referenced

    contracts. That is, an exchange may not recognize an NEBFH where a bona

    fide hedge position could not be recognized for a pass through swap

    offset of a commodity index contract.134

    —————————————————————————

    134 This is consistent with the Commission’s interpretation in

    the December 2013 position limits proposal that CEA section

    4a(c)(2)(b) is a direction from Congress to narrow the scope of what

    constitutes a bona fide hedge in the context of index trading

    activities. “Financial products are not substitutes for positions

    taken or to be taken in a physical marketing channel. Thus, the

    offset of financial risks from financial products is inconsistent

    with the proposed definition of bona fide hedging for physical

    commodities.” December 2013 position limits proposal, 78 FR at

    75740. See also the discussion of the temporary substitute test in

    the December 2013 position limits proposal, 78 FR at 75708-9.

    —————————————————————————

    c. Exchanges May Establish a Dual-Track Application Process

    Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(2) permits an exchange to establish a less

    expansive application process for NEBFHs previously recognized and

    published on such exchange’s Web site than for NEBFHs based on novel

    facts and circumstances. This is because the Commission believes that

    some lesser degree of scrutiny may be adequate for applications

    involving recurring fact patterns, so long as the applicants are

    [[Page 38472]]

    similarly situated. However, the Commission understands that DCMs

    currently use a single-track application process to recognize non-

    enumerated positions, for purposes of exchange limits, as within the

    meaning of the general bona fide hedging definition in Sec.

    1.3(z)(1).135 The Commission does not know whether any exchange will

    elect to establish a separate application process for NEBFHs based on

    novel versus non-novel facts and circumstances, or what the salient

    differences between the two processes might be, or whether a dual-track

    application process might be more likely to produce inaccurate results,

    e.g., inappropriate recognition of positions that are not bona fide

    hedges within the parameters set forth by Congress in CEA section

    4a(c).136 In proposing to permit separate application processes for

    novel and non-novel NEBFHs, the Commission seeks to provide flexibility

    for exchanges, but will insist on fair and open access for market

    participants to seek recognition of compliant positions as NEBFHs.

    —————————————————————————

    135 17 CFR 1.3(z)(1).

    136 7 U.S.C. 6a(c). The Commission notes that it could, under

    the proposal, review determinations made by a particular exchange,

    for example, that recognizes an unusually large number of bona fide

    hedges, relative to those of other exchanges.

    —————————————————————————

    RFC 10. Would separate application processes for novel and non-

    novel NEBFHs be more likely to produce inaccurate results, e.g.,

    inappropriate recognition of positions that are not bona fide hedges

    within the parameters set forth by Congress in section 4a(c) of the

    Act?

    d. Market Participant’s Facts and Circumstances

    The Commission believes that there is a core set of information and

    materials necessary to enable an exchange to determine, and the

    Commission to verify, whether the facts and circumstances attendant to

    a position satisfy the requirements of CEA section 4a(c). Accordingly,

    the Commission proposes to require in Sec. 150.9(a)(3)(i), (iii) and

    (iv) that all applicants submit certain factual statements and

    representations. Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(3)(i) requires a description

    of the position in the commodity derivative contract for which the

    application is submitted and the offsetting cash positions.137

    Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(3)(iii) requires a statement concerning the

    maximum size of all gross positions in derivative contracts to be

    acquired during the year after the application is submitted.138

    Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(3)(iv) requires detailed information regarding

    the applicant’s activity in the cash markets for the commodity

    underlying the position for which the application is submitted during

    the past three years.139 These proposed application requirements are

    similar to existing requirements for recognition under current Sec.

    1.48 of a NEBFH.

    —————————————————————————

    137 See Sec. 1.47(b)(1), 17 CFR 1.47(b)(1), requiring a

    description of the futures positions and the offsetting cash

    positions.

    138 See Sec. 1.47(b)(4), 17 CFR 1.47(b)(4), requiring the

    maximum size of gross futures positions which will be acquired

    during the following year.

    139 See Sec. Sec. 1.47(b)(6), 1.48(b)(1)(i) and (2)(i), 17

    CFR 1.47(b)(6), 1.48(b)(1)(i) and 2(i), requiring three years of

    history of production or usage.

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission also proposes to require in Sec. 150.9(a)(3)(ii)

    and (v) that all applicants submit detailed information to demonstrate

    why the position satisfies the requirements of CEA section 4a(c) 140

    and any other information necessary to enable the exchange to

    determine, and the Commission to verify, whether it is appropriate to

    recognize such a position as an NEBFH.141 The Commission anticipates

    that such detailed information may include both a factual and legal

    analysis indicating why recognition is justified for such applicant’s

    position. The Commission expects that if the materials submitted in

    response to proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(3)(ii) are relatively

    comprehensive, requests for additional information pursuant to proposed

    Sec. 150.9(a)(3)(v) will be relatively infrequent. Nevertheless, the

    Commission believes that it is important to include the requirement in

    proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(3)(v) that applicants submit any other

    information necessary to enable the exchange to determine, and the

    Commission to verify, that it is appropriate to recognize a position as

    a non-enumerated bona fide hedge so that DCMs can protect and manage

    their markets.

    —————————————————————————

    140 Although many commenters have requested that the

    Commission retain the pre-Dodd Frank Act standard contained in

    current Sec. 1.3(z), 17 CFR 1.3(z), there is explicit and implicit

    support in the comments on the December 2013 position limits

    proposal for pegging what applicants must demonstrate to the current

    statutory provision as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act. One commenter

    requested that the Commission “publicly clarify that hedge

    positions are bona fide when they satisfy the hedge definition

    codified by Congress in section 4a(c)(2) of the Act, as added by the

    Dodd-Frank Act.” CME Group, on Feb. 10, 2014 (“CL-CME-59718”), at

    46. Another commenter supported a “process for Commission approval

    of a `non-enumerated’ hedge that . . . complies with the statutory

    definition of the term `bona fide hedge.’ ” NGSA on Feb. 10, 2014

    (“CL-NGSA-59673”), at 2.

    CEA section 4a(c)(2) contains standards for positions that

    constitute bona fide hedges. The Commission expects that exchanges

    will consider the Commission’s relevant regulations and

    interpretations, when determining whether a position satisfies the

    requirements of CEA section 4a(c)(2). However, exchanges may

    confront novel facts and circumstances with respect to a particular

    applicant’s position, dissimilar to facts and circumstances

    previously considered by the Commission. In these cases, an exchange

    may request assistance from the Commission; see the discussion of

    proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(8), below.

    141 See Sec. 1.47(b)(2), 17 CFR 1.47(b)(2), requiring

    detailed information to demonstrate that the futures positions are

    economically appropriate to the reduction of risk in the conduct and

    management of a commercial enterprise. See also Sec. 1.47(b)(3), 17

    CFR 1.47(b)(3), requiring, upon request, such other information

    necessary to enable the Commission to determine whether a particular

    futures position meets the requirements of the general definition of

    bona fide hedging. Under current application processes, market

    participants provide similar information to DCMs, make various

    representations required by DCMs and agree to certain terms imposed

    by DCMs with respect to exemptions granted. The Commission has

    recognized that DCMs already consider any information they deem

    relevant to requests for exemptions from position limits. See, e.g.,

    Rule Enforcement Review of ICE Futures U.S., July 22, 2014, p. 41.

    —————————————————————————

    Under the proposal, the Commission would permit an exchange to

    recognize a smaller than requested position for purposes of exchange-

    set limits. For instance, an exchange might recognize a smaller than

    requested position that otherwise satisfies the requirements of CEA

    section 4a(c) if the exchange determines that recognizing a larger

    position would be disruptive to the exchange’s markets. This is

    consistent with current exchange practice. This is also consistent with

    DCM and SEF core principles. DCM core principle 5(A) provides that,

    “[t]o reduce the potential threat of market manipulation or congestion

    (especially during trading during the delivery month), the board of

    trade shall adopt for each contract of the board of trade, as is

    necessary and appropriate, position limitations or position

    accountability for speculators.” 142 SEF core principle 6(A)

    contains a similar provision.143

    —————————————————————————

    142 CEA section 5(d)(5)(A), 7 U.S.C. 7(d)(5)(A); Sec. 38.300,

    17 CFR 38.300. The Commission proposed, consistent with previous

    Commission determinations, a preliminary finding that speculative

    position limits are necessary in the December 2013 position limits

    proposal. December 2013 position limits proposal, 78 FR at 75685.

    143 CEA Sec. 5h(f)(6)(A), 7 U.S.C. 7b-3(f)(6)(A); Sec.

    38.300, 17 CFR 38.300.

    —————————————————————————

    By requiring in proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(3) that all applicants

    submit a core set of information and materials, the Commission

    anticipates that all exchanges will develop similar NEBFH application

    processes. However, the Commission intends that exchanges have

    sufficient discretion to accommodate the needs of their market

    participants. The Commission also intends to promote fair and open

    access for market participants to obtain recognition of compliant

    derivative positions as NEBFHs.

    [[Page 38473]]

    RFC 11. Is the proposed core set of information required of market

    participants adequate for an exchange to review applications for

    NEBFHs?

    e. Application Process Timeline

    Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(4) sets forth certain timing requirements

    that an exchange must include in its rules for the NEBFH application

    process. A person intending to rely on an exchange’s recognition of a

    position as a NEBFH would be required to submit an application in

    advance and to reapply at least on an annual basis. This is consistent

    with commenters’ views and DCMs’ current annual exemption review

    process.144 Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(4) would require an exchange to

    notify an applicant in a timely manner whether the position was

    recognized as a NEBFH or rejected, including the reasons for any

    rejection.145 On the other hand, and consistent with the status quo,

    proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(4) would allow the exchange to revoke, at any

    time, any recognition previously issued pursuant to proposed Sec.

    150.9 if the exchange determines the recognition is no longer in accord

    with section 4a(c) of the Act.146

    —————————————————————————

    144 See, e.g., statement of Ron Oppenheimer on behalf of the

    Working Group (supporting an annual NEBFH application), statement of

    Erik Haas, Director, Market Regulation, ICE Futures U.S.,

    (describing the DCM’s annual exemption review process), and

    statement of Tom LaSala, Chief Regulatory Officer, CME Group,

    (envisioning market participants applying for NEBFHs on a yearly

    basis), transcript of the EEMAC open meeting, July 29, 2015, at 40,

    53, and 58, available at http://www.cftc.gov/idc/groups/public/@aboutcftc/documents/file/emactranscript072915.pdf.

    145 See, e.g., statement of Ron Oppenheimer on behalf of the

    Working Group (noting that exchanges retain the ability to revoke an

    exemption if market circumstances warrant), transcript of the EEMAC

    open meeting, July 29, 2015, at 57, available at http://www.cftc.gov/idc/groups/public/@aboutcftc/documents/file/emactranscript072915.pdf.

    146 As noted above, the current proposal does not impair the

    ability of any market participant to request an interpretation under

    Sec. 140.99 for recognition of a position as a bona fide hedge if

    an exchange rejects their recognition application or revokes

    recognition previously issued. See supra note 78 and accompanying

    text.

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission does not propose to prescribe time-limited periods

    (e.g., a specific number of days) for submission or review of NEBFH

    applications. The Commission proposes only to require that an applicant

    must have received recognition for a NEBFH position before such

    applicant exceeds any limit then in effect, and that the exchange

    administer the process, and the various steps in the process, in a

    timely manner. This means that an exchange must, in a timely manner,

    notify an applicant if a submission is incomplete, determine whether a

    position is an NEBFH, and notify an applicant whether a position will

    be recognized, or the application rejected. The Commission anticipates

    that rules of an exchange may nevertheless set deadlines for various

    parts of the application process. The Commission does not believe that

    reasonable deadlines or minimum review periods are inconsistent with

    the general principle of timely administration of the application

    process. An exchange could also establish different deadlines for a

    dual-track application process. The Commission believes that the

    individual exchanges themselves are in the best position to evaluate

    how quickly each can administer the application process, in order best

    to accommodate the needs of market participants. In addition to review

    of an exchange’s timeline when it submits its rules for its application

    process under part 40, the Commission would review the exchange’s

    timeliness in the context of a rule enforcement review.

    RFC 12. The Commission invites comment regarding the discretion

    proposed for exchanges to process NEBFH applications in a timely

    manner.

    f. NEBFH Deemed Recognized Upon Exchange Recognition

    Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(5) makes it clear that the position will be

    deemed to be recognized as a NEBFH when an exchange recognizes it;

    proposed Sec. 150.9(d) provides the process through which the

    exchange’s recognition would be subject to review by the

    Commission.147 As noted above, DCMs currently exercise discretion

    with regard to exchange-set limits to approve exemptions meeting the

    general definition of bona fide hedge. The Commission works

    cooperatively with DCMs to enforce compliance with exchange-set

    speculative position limits. The Commission believes a continuation of

    this cooperative process, and an extension to the proposed federal

    position limits, would be consistent with the policy objectives in CEA

    section 4a(3)(B).148

    —————————————————————————

    147 See supra notes 121-123 and accompanying text; see also

    the discussion of proposed Sec. 150.9(d), review of applications by

    the Commission, below. Exchange recognition of a position as a NEBFH

    would allow the market participant to exceed the federal position

    limit until such time that the Commission notified the market

    participant to the contrary, pursuant to the proposed review

    procedure that the exchange action was dismissed. That is, if a

    party were to hold positions pursuant to a NEBFH recognition granted

    by the exchange, such positions would not be subject to federal

    position limits, unless or until the Commission were to determine

    that such NEBFH recognition is inconsistent with the CEA or CFTC

    regulations thereunder. Under this framework, the Commission would

    continue to exercise its authority in this regard by reviewing an

    exchange’s determination and verifying whether the facts and

    circumstances in respect of a derivative position satisfy the

    requirements of the Commission’s general definition of bona fide

    hedging position in Sec. 150.1. If the Commission determines that

    the exchange-granted recognition is inconsistent with section 4a(c)

    of the Act and the Commission’s general definition of bona fide

    hedging position in Sec. 150.1, a market participant would be

    required to reduce the derivative position or otherwise come into

    compliance with position limits within a commercially reasonable

    amount of time.

    148 7 U.S.C. 6a(3)(B).

    —————————————————————————

    g. Market Participant Reporting Requirements

    Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(6) requires exchanges that elect to process

    NEBFH applications to promulgate reporting rules for applicants who

    own, hold or control positions recognized as NEBFHs. The Commission

    expects that the exchanges will promulgate enhanced reporting rules in

    order to obtain sufficient information to conduct an adequate

    surveillance program to detect and potentially deter excessively large

    positions that may disrupt the price discovery process. At a minimum,

    these rules should require applicants to report when an NEBFH position

    has been established, and to update and maintain the accuracy of such

    reports. These rules should also elicit information from applicants

    that will assist exchanges in complying with proposed Sec. 150.9(c)

    regarding exchange reports to the Commission.

    RFC 13. Should the Commission provide further guidance regarding

    the types of information that exchanges should seek to elicit from

    reporting rules with respect to NEBFH positions?

    h. Transparency to Market Participants

    Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(7) requires an exchange to publish on its

    Web site, no less frequently than quarterly, a description of each new

    type of derivative position that it recognizes as a NEBFH. The

    Commission envisions that each description would be an executive

    summary. The description must include a summary describing the type of

    derivative position and an explanation of why it qualifies as a NEBFH.

    The Commission believes that the exchanges are in the best position

    when quickly crafting these descriptions to accommodate an applicant’s

    desire for trading anonymity while promoting fair and open access for

    market participants to information regarding which positions might be

    recognized as NEBFHs. As discussed below, the Commission proposes to

    spot check these summaries pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.9(e).

    RFC 14. Should the Commission prescribe that exchanges publish any

    [[Page 38474]]

    specific information regarding recognized NEBFHs based on novel facts

    and circumstances?

    RFC 15. Should the Commission require exchanges to publish summary

    statistics, such as the number of recognized NEBFHs based on non-novel

    facts and circumstances?

    i. Requests for Commission Consideration

    An exchange may elect to request the Commission review an NEBFH

    application that raises novel or complex issues under proposed Sec.

    150.9(a)(8), using the process set forth in proposed Sec. 150.9(d),

    discussed below.149 If an exchange makes a request pursuant to

    proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(8), the Commission, as would be the case for an

    exchange, would not be bound by a time limitation. This is because the

    Commission proposes only that NEBFH applications be processed in a

    timely manner.150 Essentially, this proposed provision largely

    preserves the Commission’s review process under current Sec.

    1.47,151 except that a market participant first seeks recognition of

    a NEBFH from an exchange.

    —————————————————————————

    149 If the exchange determines to request under proposed Sec.

    150.9(a)(8) that the Commission consider the application, the

    exchange must, under proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(4)(v)(C), notify an

    applicant in a timely manner that the exchange has requested that

    the Commission review the application. This provision provides the

    exchanges with the ability to request Commission review early in the

    review process, rather than requiring the exchanges to process the

    request, make a determination and only then begin the process of

    Commission review provided for under proposed Sec. 150.9(d). The

    Commission notes that although most of its reviews would occur after

    the exchange makes its determination, the Commission could, as

    provided for in proposed Sec. 150.9(d)(1), initiate its review, in

    its discretion, at any time.

    150 Novel facts and circumstances may present particularly

    complex issues that could benefit from extended consideration, given

    the Commission’s current resource constraints.

    151 17 CFR 1.47.

    —————————————————————————

    RFC 16. Does the proposed flexibility for exchanges to request

    Commission review provide market participants with a sufficient process

    for review of a potential NEBFH?

    ii. Proposed Sec. 150.9(b)–Recordkeeping Requirements

    Proposed Sec. 150.9(b) outlines recordkeeping requirements for

    exchanges that elect to process non-enumerated bona fide hedge

    applications under proposed Sec. 150.9(a). Exchanges must maintain

    complete books and records of all activities relating to the processing

    and disposition of applications in a manner consistent with the

    Commission’s existing general regulations regarding recordkeeping,152

    with certain minor conforming changes. In consideration of the fact

    that DCMs currently recognize NEBFHs for periods of up to a year and

    that the proposal would require annual updates, the Commission proposes

    that exchanges keep books and records until the termination, maturity,

    or expiration date of any recognition of a NEBFH and for a period of

    five years after such date. Five years should provide an adequate time

    period for Commission reviews, whether that be a review of an

    exchange’s rule enforcement or a review of a market participant’s

    representations.

    —————————————————————————

    152 Requirements regarding the keeping and inspection of all

    books and records required to be kept by the Act or the Commission’s

    regulations are found at Sec. 1.31, 17 CFR 1.31. DCMs and SEFs are

    already required to maintain records of their business activities in

    accordance with the requirements of Sec. 1.31 and 17 CFR 38.951.

    —————————————————————————

    Exchanges would be required to store and produce records pursuant

    to current Sec. 1.31 of the Commission’s regulations, and would be

    subject to requests for information pursuant to other applicable

    Commission regulations including, for example, Sec. 38.5. Consistent

    with current Sec. 1.31,153 the Commission expects that these records

    would be readily accessible until the termination, maturity, or

    expiration date of the recognition and during the first two years of

    the subsequent five year period.154 The Commission does not intend in

    proposed Sec. 150.9(b)(1) to create any new obligation for an exchange

    to record conversations with applicants, which includes their

    representatives; however, the Commission does expect that an exchange

    would preserve any written or electronic notes of verbal interactions

    with such parties.

    —————————————————————————

    153 Proposed Sec. 150.9(b) is analogous to the requirement in

    Sec. 1.31 for records to be kept regarding any swap or related cash

    forward transaction until the termination, maturity, expiration,

    transfer, assignment, or novation date of such transaction and for a

    period of five years after such date. 17 CFR 1.31(a)(1). Other

    Commission requirements for swap record retention take a similar

    approach: DCMs must retain required records with respect to each

    swap throughout the life of the swap and for a period of at least

    five years following the final termination of the swap, 17 CFR

    45.2(c), and the records that exchanges are required to retain shall

    be readily accessible throughout the life of the swap and for two

    years following the final termination of the swap, 17 CFR

    45.2(e)(1).

    154 In addition, the Commission expects that records required

    to be maintained by an exchange pursuant to this section would be

    readily accessible during the pendency of any application, and for

    two years following any disposition that did not recognize a

    derivative position as a bona fide hedge.

    —————————————————————————

    Finally, the Commission emphasizes that parties who avail

    themselves of exemptions under proposed Sec. 150.3(a), as revised

    herein, are subject to the recordkeeping requirements of Sec.

    150.3(g), as well as requests from the Commission for additional

    information under Sec. 150.3(h), each as proposed in the December 2013

    position limits proposal. The Commission may request additional

    information, for example, in connection with review of an

    application.155

    —————————————————————————

    155 In the December 2013 position limits proposal, persons

    claiming exemptions under proposed Sec. 150.3 must still “maintain

    complete books and records concerning all details of their related

    cash, forward, futures, options and swap positions and transactions.

    Furthermore, such persons must make such books and records available

    to the Commission upon request under proposed Sec. 150.3(h), which

    would preserve the `special call’ rule set forth in current 17 CFR

    150.3(b).” 78 FR 75741 (footnote omitted).

    —————————————————————————

    iii. Proposed Sec. 150.9(c)–Exchange Reporting

    The Commission proposes, in Sec. 150.9(c)(1), to require an

    exchange that elects to process NEBFH applications to submit a weekly

    report to the Commission. The proposed report would provide information

    regarding each commodity derivative position recognized by the exchange

    as an NEBFH during the course of the week. Information provided in the

    report would include the identity of the applicant seeking such

    recognition, the maximum size of the derivative position that is

    recognized by the exchange as an NEBFH,156 and, to the extent that

    the exchange determines to limit the size of such bona fide hedge

    position under the exchange’s own speculative position limits program,

    the size of any limit established by the exchange.157 The Commission

    envisions that the proposed report would specify the maximum size and/

    or size limitations by contract month and/or type of limit (e.g. spot

    month, single month, or all-months-combined), as applicable.158 The

    proposed report would also provide information regarding any revocation

    of,

    [[Page 38475]]

    or modification to the terms and conditions of, a prior determination

    by the exchange to recognize a commodity derivative position as an

    NEBFH. In addition, the report would include any summary of a type of

    recognized NEBFH that was, during the course of the week, published or

    revised on the exchange’s Web site pursuant to proposed Sec.

    150.9(a)(7).

    —————————————————————————

    156 An exchange could determine to recognize all, or a

    portion, of the commodity derivative position in respect of which an

    application for recognition has been submitted, as an NEBFH,

    provided that such determination is made in accordance with the

    requirements of proposed Sec. 150.9 and is consistent with the Act

    and the Commission’s regulations.

    157 As proposed in the December 2013 position limits proposal,

    Sec. 150.5(a)(2)(iii) provides, inter alia, that for any commodity

    derivative contract that is subject to a speculative position limit

    under Sec. 150.2, an exchange may limit bona fide hedging positions

    which the exchange determines are not in accord with sound

    commercial practices, or which exceed an amount that may be

    established and liquidated in an orderly fashion. Such proposal

    largely mirrors the second half of current Sec. 150.5(d), although

    updated to specify DCMs instead of “contract markets” as well as

    to include SEFs.

    158 An exchange could determine to recognize all, or a

    portion, of the commodity derivative position in respect of which an

    application for recognition has been submitted, as an NEBFH, for

    different contract months or different types of limits (e.g., a

    separate limit level for the spot month).

    —————————————————————————

    The proposed weekly report would support the Commission’s

    surveillance program by facilitating the tracking of NEBFHs recognized

    by exchanges,159 keeping the Commission informed of the manner in

    which an exchange is administering its procedures for recognizing such

    NEBFHs. For example, the report would make available to the Commission,

    on a regular basis, the summaries of types of recognized NEBFHs that an

    exchange posts to its Web site pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(7).

    This would facilitate any review by the Commission of such summaries,

    pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.9(e), and would help to ensure, if the

    Commission determines that revisions to a summary are necessary, that

    such revisions are carried out in a timely manner by the exchange.

    —————————————————————————

    159 The Commission believes that the exchange’s assignment of

    a unique identifier to each of the non-enumerated bona fide hedge

    applications that the exchange receives, and, separately, the

    exchange’s assignment of a unique identifier to each type of

    commodity derivative position that the exchange recognizes as an

    NEBFH, would assist the Commission’s tracking process. Accordingly,

    the Commission suggests that, as a “best practice,” the exchange’s

    procedures for processing NEBFH applications contemplate the

    assignment of such unique identifiers. Pursuant to proposed Sec.

    150.9(c)(1)(i), an exchange that assigns such unique identifiers

    would be required to include the identifiers in the exchange’s

    weekly report to the Commission.

    —————————————————————————

    In certain instances, information included in the proposed weekly

    report may prompt the Commission to request records required to be

    maintained by an exchange pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.9(b). For

    example, it is proposed that, for each derivative position recognized

    by the exchange as an NEBFH, or any revocation or modification of such

    recognition, the report would include a concise summary of the

    applicant’s activity in the cash markets for the commodity underlying

    the position. It is the Commission’s expectation that this summary

    would focus on the facts and circumstances upon which an exchange based

    its determination to recognize a commodity derivative position as an

    NEBFH, or to revoke or modify such recognition. In light of the

    information provided in the summary, or any other information included

    in the proposed weekly report regarding the position, the Commission

    may decide that it is appropriate to request the exchange’s complete

    record of the application for recognition of the position as an NEBFH–

    in order to determine, for example, whether the application presents

    novel or complex issues that merit additional analysis pursuant to

    proposed Sec. 150.9(d)(2), or to evaluate whether the disposition of

    the application by the exchange was consistent with section 4a(c) of

    the Act and the general definition of bona fide hedging position in

    Sec. 150.1.

    Proposed Sec. 150.9(c)(2) would require an exchange to submit to

    the Commission any report made to the exchange by an applicant,

    pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(6), notifying the exchange that the

    applicant owns or controls a commodity derivative position that the

    exchange has recognized as an NEBFH.160 Unless the Commission

    instructs otherwise,161 the exchange would be required to submit such

    applicant reports to the Commission no less frequently than

    monthly.162 The exchange’s submission of these reports would provide

    the Commission with notice that an applicant has taken a commodity

    derivative position that the exchange has recognized as an NEBFH, and

    would also show the applicant’s offsetting positions in the cash

    markets. Requiring an exchange to submit these applicant reports to the

    Commission would therefore support the Commission’s surveillance

    program, by facilitating the tracking of NEBFHs recognized by the

    exchange, and helping the Commission to ensure that an applicant’s

    activities conform to the terms of recognition that the exchange has

    established.

    —————————————————————————

    160 Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(6) would require an exchange to

    have in place rules requiring an applicant to report to the exchange

    when the applicant owns, holds or controls a commodity derivative

    position that the exchange has recognized as an NEBFH, and for the

    applicant to report its offsetting cash positions. Pursuant to

    proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(6), such rules must require an applicant to

    update and maintain the accuracy of any such report to the exchange.

    Accordingly, a exchange’s submission to the Commission pursuant to

    proposed Sec. 150.9(c)(2) would be expected to include any updates,

    corrections or other modifications made by an applicant to a report

    previously submitted to the exchange.

    161 The Commission proposes, in Sec. 150.9(f)(1)(ii), to

    delegate to the Director of the Commission’s Division of Market

    Oversight, or such other employee or employees as the Director may

    designate from time to time, the authority to provide instructions

    regarding the submission to the Commission of information required

    to be reported by an exchange pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.9(c).

    162 Proposed Sec. 150.9(c)(2) addresses the submission by the

    exchange of applicant reports to the Commission. The timeframe

    within which an applicant would be required to report to the

    exchange that the applicant owns or controls a commodity derivative

    position that the exchange has recognized as an NEBFH, would be

    established by the exchange in its rules, as appropriate and in

    accordance with proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(6). An exchange could decide

    to require such a report from an applicant more frequently than

    monthly.

    —————————————————————————

    Proposed Sec. 150.9(c)(3)(i) and (ii) would require an exchange,

    unless instructed otherwise by the Commission,163 to submit weekly

    reports under proposed Sec. 150.9(c)(1), and applicant reports under

    proposed Sec. 150.9(c)(2). Proposed Sec. 150.9(c)(3)(i) and (ii)

    contemplate that, in order to facilitate the processing of such

    reports, and the analysis of the information contained therein, the

    Commission will establish reporting and transmission standards, and may

    require reports to be submitted to the Commission using an electronic

    data format, coding structure and electronic data transmission

    procedures approved in writing by the Commission, as specified on the

    Forms and Submissions page at www.cftc.gov.164 Proposed Sec.

    150.9(c)(3)(iii) would require such reports to be submitted to the

    Commission no later than 9:00 a.m. Eastern time on the third business

    day following the report date, unless the exchange is otherwise

    instructed by the Commission.165

    —————————————————————————

    163 The Commission proposes to delegate to the Director of the

    Commission’s Division of Market Oversight, or such other employee or

    employees as the Director may designate from time to time, the

    authority to provide instructions for such submissions in proposed

    Sec. 150.9(f)(1)(ii).

    164 The Commission proposes, in Sec. 150.9(f)(1)(ii), to

    delegate to the Director of the Commission’s Division of Market

    Oversight, or such other employee or employees as the Director may

    designate from time to time, the authority to specify on the Forms

    and Submissions page at www.cftc.gov the manner for submitting to

    the Commission information required to be reported by an exchange

    pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.9(c), and to determine the format,

    coding structure and electronic data transmission procedures for

    submitting such information.

    165 Proposed Sec. 150.9(c)(2) would require reports submitted

    to an exchange pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(6), from

    applicants owning or controlling commodity derivative positions that

    the exchange has recognized as NEBFHs, to be submitted to the

    Commission no less frequently than monthly. For purposes of proposed

    Sec. 150.9(c)(2), the timeframe set forth in proposed Sec.

    150.9(c)(3)(iii) would be calculated from the date of a exchange’s

    submission to the Commission, and not from the date of an

    applicant’s report to the exchange.

    —————————————————————————

    RFC 17. The Commission requests comment on all aspects of the

    proposed reporting requirements.

    iv. Proposed Sec. 150.9(d)–Review of Applications by the Commission

    One participant at the June 19, 2014 Roundtable on Position Limits

    commented that if the Commission were to permit exchanges to administer

    a process for NEBFHs, the Commission should continue to do “a certain

    amount

    [[Page 38476]]

    of de novo analysis and review.” 166 The Commission agrees. Proposed

    Sec. 150.9(d) provides for Commission review of applications to ensure

    that the processes administered by the exchange, as well as the results

    of such processes, are consistent with the requirements of CEA section

    4a(c) of the Act and the Commission’s regulations thereunder.167 The

    Commission proposes to review records required to be maintained by an

    exchange pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.9(b); however, the Commission

    may request additional information under proposed Sec. 150.9(d)(1)(ii)

    if, for example, the Commission finds additional information is needed

    for its own review.

    —————————————————————————

    166 John Parsons, Roundtable on Position Limits, June 19,

    2014, transcript at p. 135.

    167 See supra note 66 and accompanying text. As noted above,

    under the proposal, the SRO’s recognition is tentative, because the

    Commission would reserve the power to review the recognition,

    subject to the reasonably fixed statutory standards in CEA section

    4a(c)(2) (directing the CFTC to define the term bona fide hedging

    position) that are incorporated into the Commission’s proposed

    general definition of bona fide hedging position in Sec. 150.1. The

    SRO’s recognition would also be constrained by the SRO’s rules,

    which would be subject to CFTC review under the proposal. The SROs

    are parties subject to Commission authority, their rules are subject

    to Commission review and their actions are subject to Commission de

    novo review under the proposal–SRO rules and actions may be changed

    by the Commission at any time. In addition, it should be noted that

    the exchange is required to make its determination consistent with

    both CEA section 4a(c) and the Commission’s general definition of

    bona fide hedging position in Sec. 150.1. Further, the Commission

    notes that CEA section 4a(c)(1) requires a position to be shown to

    be bona fide as defined by the Commission.

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission could decide to review a pending application prior

    to disposition by an exchange, but anticipates that it will most likely

    review applications after some action has already been taken by an

    exchange. The Commission’s proposal in Sec. 150.9(d)(2) and (3)

    requires the Commission to notify the exchange and the applicable

    applicant that they have 10 business days to provide any supplemental

    information. This approach provides the exchanges and the particular

    market participant with an opportunity to respond to any issues raised

    by the Commission.

    During the period of any Commission review of an application, an

    applicant could continue to rely upon any recognition previously

    granted by the exchange. If the Commission determines that remediation

    is necessary, the Commission would provide for a commercially

    reasonable amount of time for the market participant to comply with

    limits after announcement of the Commission’s decision under proposed

    Sec. 150.9(d)(4). In determining a commercially reasonable amount of

    time, the Commission may consider factors such as current market

    conditions and the protection of price discovery in the market.168

    —————————————————————————

    168 In the December 2013 position limits proposal, when

    discussing the provision of a commercially reasonable time period as

    necessary to exit the market in an orderly manner, the Commission

    stated that, generally, it “believes such time period would be less

    than one business day.” 78 FR 75680 at 75713.

    —————————————————————————

    RFC 18. The Commission requests comments on all aspects of the

    proposed review process.

    v. Proposed Sec. 150.9(e)–Commission Review of Summaries

    While the Commission proposes to rely on the expertise of the

    exchanges to summarize and post executive summaries of NEBFHs to their

    respective Web sites under proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(7), it also

    proposes, in Sec. 150.9(e), to review such executive summaries to

    ensure they provide adequate disclosure to market participants of the

    potential availability of relief from speculative position limits. The

    Commission believes that an adequate disclosure would include generic

    facts and circumstances sufficient to alert similarly situated market

    participants to the possibility of receiving recognition of a NEBFH.

    Such market participants may use this information to help evaluate

    whether to apply for recognition of a NEBFH. Thus, adequate disclosure

    should help ensure fair and open access to the application process. Due

    to resource constraints, the Commission may not be able to pre-clear

    each summary, so the Commission proposes to spot check executive

    summaries after the fact.

    E. Process for Exemption From Position Limits for Certain Spread

    Positions

    1. Background

    The Commission proposes to permit exchanges, by rule, to exempt

    from federal position limits certain spread transactions, as authorized

    by CEA section 4a(a)(1),169 and in light of the provisions of CEA

    section 4a(a)(3)(B) and CEA section 4a(c)(2)(B).170 In particular,

    CEA section 4a(a)(1) provides the Commission with authority to exempt

    from position limits transactions normally known to the trade as

    “spreads” or “straddles” or “arbitrage” or to fix limits for such

    transactions or positions different from limits fixed for other

    transactions or positions. The Dodd-Frank Act amended the CEA by adding

    section 4a(a)(3)(B), which now directs the Commission, in establishing

    position limits, to ensure, to the maximum extent practicable and in

    its discretion, “sufficient market liquidity for bona fide hedgers.”

    171 In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act amendments to the CEA in section

    4a(c)(2)(B) limited the definition of a bona fide hedge to only those

    positions (in addition to those included under CEA section 4a(c)(2)(A))

    172 resulting from a swap that was executed opposite a counterparty

    for which the transaction would qualify as a bona fide hedging

    transaction, in the event the party to the swap is not itself using the

    swap as a bona fide hedging transaction. In this regard, the Commission

    interprets this statutory definition to preclude spread exemptions for

    a swap position that was executed opposite a counterparty for which the

    transaction would not qualify as a bona fide hedging transaction.

    —————————————————————————

    169 7 U.S.C. 6a(a)(1) (authorizing the Commission to exempt

    transactions normally known to the trade as “spreads”). DCMs

    currently process applications for exemptions from exchange-set

    position limits for certain spread positions pursuant to CFMA-era

    regulatory parameters. See note 101 for further background.

    It should be noted that, in current Sec. 150.3(a)(3), the

    Commission exempts spread positions “between single months of a

    futures contract and/or, on a futures-equivalent basis, options

    thereon, outside of the spread month, in the same crop year,”

    subject to certain limitations. 17 CFR 150.3(a)(3).

    170 7 U.S.C. 6a(a)(3)(B) and 7 U.S.C. 6a(c)(2)(B),

    respectively.

    171 CEA section 4a(a)(3)(B) also directs the Commission, in

    establishing position limits, to diminish, eliminate, or prevent

    excessive speculation; to deter and prevent market manipulation,

    squeezes, and corners; and to ensure that the price discovery

    function of the underlying market is not disrupted.

    172 7 U.S.C. 6a(c)(2)(A). As explained above in note 66, CEA

    section 4a(c)(2) generally requires the Commission to define a bona

    fide hedging position as a position that in CEA section 4a(c)(2)(A):

    Meets three tests (a position (1) is a substitute for activity in

    the physical marketing channel, (2) is economically appropriate to

    the reduction of risk, and (3) arises from the potential change in

    value of current or anticipated assets, liabilities or services);

    or, in CEA section 4a(c)(2)(B), reduces the risk of a swap that was

    executed opposite a counterparty for which such swap would meet the

    three tests.

    —————————————————————————

    Prior to the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Commission

    exercised its exemptive authority pertaining to spread transactions in

    promulgating current Sec. 150.3. Current Sec. 150.3 provides that the

    position limits set in Sec. 150.2 may be exceeded to the extent such

    positions are spread or arbitrage positions between single months of a

    futures contract and/or, on a futures-equivalent basis, options

    thereon, outside of the spot month, in the same crop year; provided,

    however, that such spread or arbitrage positions, when combined with

    any other net positions in the single month, do not exceed the all-

    months limit set forth in Sec. 150.2. In addition, the Commission has

    permitted DCMs, in setting their own position

    [[Page 38477]]

    limits under the terms of current Sec. 150.5(a), to exempt spread,

    straddle or arbitrage positions or to fix limits that apply to such

    positions which are different from limits fixed for other

    positions.173

    —————————————————————————

    173 Current Sec. 150.5 applies as non-exclusive guidance and

    acceptable practices for compliance with DCM core principle 5. See

    December 2013 position limits proposal, 78 FR at 75750-2.

    —————————————————————————

    The December 2013 position limits proposal deleted the exemption in

    current Sec. 150.3(a)(3) for spread or arbitrage positions between

    single months of a futures contract or options thereon, outside the

    spot month; the Commission instead proposed to maintain the current

    practice in Sec. 150.2 of setting single-month limits at the same

    levels as all-months limits, rendering the “spread” exemption

    unnecessary.174 In particular, the spread exemption set forth in

    current Sec. 150.3(a)(3) permits a spread trader to exceed single

    month limits only to the extent of the all months limit. Since Sec.

    150.2 as proposed in the December 2013 position limits proposal sets

    single month limits at the same level as all months limits, the

    existing spread exemption no longer provides useful relief.

    —————————————————————————

    174 December 2013 position limits proposal, 78 FR at 75736.

    —————————————————————————

    Further, the December 2013 position limits proposal would codify

    guidance in proposed Sec. 150.5(a)(2)(ii) to allow an exchange to

    grant exemptions from exchange-set position limits for intramarket and

    intermarket spread positions (as those terms are defined in Sec. 150.1

    as proposed in the December 2013 position limits proposal) involving

    commodity derivative contracts subject to the federal limits. To be

    eligible for exemption under Sec. 150.5(a)(2)(ii) as proposed in the

    December 2013 position limits proposal, intermarket and intramarket

    spread positions would have to be outside of the spot month for

    physical delivery contracts, and intramarket spread positions could not

    exceed the federal all-months limit when combined with any other net

    positions in the single month. As proposed in the December 2013

    position limits proposal, Sec. 150.5(a)(2)(iii) would require traders

    to apply to the exchange for any exemption, including spread

    exemptions, from its speculative position limit rules.

    Several commenters have requested that the Commission provide a

    spread exemption to federal position limits.175 Of these commenters,

    most urged the Commission to recognize spread exemptions in the spot

    month as well as non-spot months.176 Several of these commenters

    noted that the Commission’s proposal would permit exchanges to grant

    spread exemptions for exchange-set limits in commodity derivative

    contracts subject to Federal limits, and recommended that the

    Commission establish a process for granting such spread exemptions for

    purposes of Federal limits.177

    —————————————————————————

    175 See, e.g., CL-CMC-59634 at 15; Olam International Ltd. on

    February 10, 2014 (“CL-Olam-59658”) at 7; CME Group on February

    10, 2014 (“CL-CME -59718”) at 69-71; Citadel LLC on February 10,

    2014 (“CL-Citadel-59717”) at 8, 9; Armajaro Asset Management

    (“Amajaro”) on February 10, 2014 (“CL-Armajaro-59729”) at 2; ICE

    Futures U.S. on February 10, 2014 (“CL-ICEUS-59645”) at 8-10.

    176 See CL-CMC-59634 at 15; CL-Olam-59658 at 7; CL-CME-59718

    at 71; CL-Armajaro-59729 at 2; CL-ICEUS-59645 at 8-10.

    177 See CL-Olam-59658 at 7; CL-CME-59718 at 71; CL-ICEUS-59645

    at 10.

    —————————————————————————

    In response to these comments, the Commission now proposes to

    permit exchanges to process and grant applications for spread

    exemptions from federal position limits. Most, if not all, DCMs already

    have rules in place to process and grant applications for spread

    exemptions from exchange-set position limits pursuant to Part 38 of the

    Commission’s regulations (in particular, current Sec. Sec. 38.300 and

    38.301) and current Sec. 150.5. As noted above, the Commission has a

    long history of overseeing the performance of the DCMs in granting

    appropriate spread exemptions under current exchange rules regarding

    exchange-set position limits and believes that it would be efficient,

    and in the best interest of the markets, in light of current resource

    constraints, to rely on the exchanges to process applications for

    spread exemptions from federal position limits. In addition, the

    Commission observes because many market participants may be familiar

    with current DCM practices regarding spread exemptions, permitting DCMs

    to build on current practice may lower the burden on market

    participants and reduce duplicative filings at the exchanges and the

    Commission. As noted, this plan would permit exchanges to provide

    market participants with spread exemptions, pursuant to exchange rules

    submitted to the Commission; however, the Commission would retain the

    authority to review–and, if necessary, reverse–the exchanges’

    actions.

    RFC 19. Would permitting exchanges to process applications for

    spread exemptions from federal limits, subject to Commission review,

    provide for an efficient implementation of the Commission’s statutory

    authority to exempt such spread positions?

    2. Spread Exemption Proposal

    i. Proposed Sec. 150.10(a)–Requirements for Application Process

    The Commission contemplates in proposed Sec. 150.10(a)(1) that

    exchanges may voluntarily elect to process spread exemption

    applications, by filing new rules or rule amendments with the

    Commission pursuant to part 40 of the Commission’s regulations.178

    The proposed process under Sec. 150.10(a) is substantially similar to

    that described above for proposed Sec. 150.9(a). For example, proposed

    Sec. 150.10(a)(1) provides that, with respect to a commodity

    derivative position for which an exchange elects to process spread

    exemption applications, (i) the exchange must list for trading at least

    one component of the spread or must list for trading at least one

    contract that is a referenced contract included in at least one

    component of the spread; and (ii) any such exchange contract must be

    actively traded and subject to position limits for at least one year on

    that exchange. As noted with respect to the process outlined above for

    proposed Sec. 150.9(a), the Commission believes it is appropriate that

    an exchange may process spread exemptions only if it has at least one

    year of experience overseeing exchange-set position limits in an

    actively traded referenced contract that is in the same commodity as

    that of at least one component of the spread. The Commission believes

    that an exchange may not be familiar enough with the specific needs and

    differing practices of the participants in those markets for which an

    individual exchange does not list any actively traded referenced

    contract in a particular commodity. If a component of a spread is not

    actively traded on an exchange that elects to process spread exemption

    applications, such exchange might not be incentivized to protect or

    manage the relevant commodity market, and the interests of such

    exchange might not be aligned with the policy objectives of the

    Commission as expressed in CEA section 4a(a)(3)(B). The Commission

    expects that an individual exchange will describe how it will determine

    whether a particular component of a spread is actively traded in its

    rule submission, based on its familiarity with the specific needs and

    differing practices of the participants in the relevant market.

    —————————————————————————

    178 See note 63, regarding Commission authority to recognize

    spreads under CEA section 4a(a)(1). Any action of the exchange to

    recognize a spread, pursuant to rules filed with the Commission,

    would be subject to review and revocation by the Commission.

    —————————————————————————

    [[Page 38478]]

    Consistent with the restrictions regarding the offset of risks

    arising from a swap position in CEA section 4a(c)(2)(B), proposed Sec.

    150.10(a)(1) would not permit an exchange to recognize a spread between

    a commodity index contract and one or more referenced contracts. That

    is, an exchange may not grant a spread exemption where a bona fide

    hedge position could not be recognized for a pass through swap offset

    of a commodity index contract.179

    —————————————————————————

    179 This proposal is consistent with the Commission’s

    interpretation in the December 2013 position limits proposal that

    CEA section 4a(c)(2)(b) is a mandate from Congress to narrow the

    scope of what constitutes a bona fide hedge in the context of index

    trading activities. “Financial products are not substitutes for

    positions taken or to be taken in a physical marketing channel.

    Thus, the offset of financial risks from financial products is

    inconsistent with the proposed definition of bona fide hedging for

    physical commodities.” December 2013 position limits proposal, 78

    FR at 75740. See also the discussion of the temporary substitute

    test, id. at 75708-9.

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission notes that for inter-commodity spreads in which

    different components of the spread are traded on different exchanges,

    the exemption granted by one exchange would be recognized by the

    Commission as an exemption from federal limits for the applicable

    referenced contract(s), but would not bind the exchange(s) that list

    the other components of the spread to recognize the exemption for

    purposes of that other exchange(s)’ position limits. In such cases, a

    trader seeking such inter-commodity spread exemptions would need to

    apply separately for a spread exemption from each exchange-set position

    limit.

    Proposed Sec. 150.10(a)(2) specifies the type of spreads that an

    exchange may exempt from position limits, including calendar spreads;

    quality differential spreads; processing spreads (such as energy

    “crack” or soybean “crush” spreads); and product or by-product

    differential spreads. This list is not exhaustive, but reflects common

    types of spread activity that may enhance liquidity in commodity

    derivative markets, thereby facilitating the ability of bona-fide

    hedgers to put on and offset positions in those markets. For example,

    trading activity in many commodity derivative markets is concentrated

    in the nearby contract month, but a hedger may need to offset risk in

    deferred months where derivative trading activity may be less active. A

    calendar spread trader could provide such liquidity without exposing

    himself or herself to the price risk inherent in an outright position

    in a deferred month. Processing spreads can serve a similar function.

    For example, a soybean processor may seek to hedge his or her

    processing costs by entering into a “crush” spread, i.e., going long

    soybeans and short soybean meal and oil. A speculator could facilitate

    the hedger’s ability to do such a transaction by entering into a

    “reverse crush” spread (i.e., going short soybeans and long soybean

    meal and oil). Quality differential spreads, and product or by-product

    differential spreads, may serve similar liquidity-enhancing functions

    when spreading a position in an actively traded commodity derivatives

    market such as CBOT Wheat against a position in another actively traded

    market, such as MGEX Wheat.

    The Commission anticipates that a spread exemption request might

    include spreads that are “legged in,” that is, carried out in two

    steps, or alternatively are “combination trades,” that is, all

    components of the spread are executed simultaneously.

    This proposal would not limit the granting of spread exemptions to

    positions outside the spot month, unlike the existing spread exemption

    provisions in current Sec. 150.3(a)(3), or in Sec. 150.5(a)(2)(ii) as

    proposed in the December 2013 position limits proposal. The proposal

    herein responds to specific requests of commenters to permit spread

    exemptions in the spot month. For example, the CME recommended “the

    Commission reaffirm in DCMs the discretion to apply their knowledge of

    individual commodity markets and their judgement, as to whether

    allowing intermarket spread exemptions in the spot month for physical-

    delivery contracts is appropriate.” 180

    —————————————————————————

    180 See CL-CME-59718 at 71.

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission proposes to revise the December 2013 position limits

    proposal in the manner described above because, as noted in the

    examples above, permitting spread exemptions in the spot month would

    further one of the four policy objectives set forth in section

    4a(a)(3)(b) of the Act: To ensure sufficient market liquidity for bona

    fide hedgers.181 This policy objective is incorporated into the

    proposal in its requirements that: (i) The applicant provide detailed

    information demonstrating why the spread position should be exempted

    from position limits, including how the exemption would further the

    purposes of CEA section 4a(a)(3)(B); 182 and (ii) the exchange

    determines whether the spread position (for which a market participant

    was seeking an exemption) would further the purposes of CEA section

    4a(a)(3)(B).183 Moreover, the Commission retains the ability to

    review the exchange rules as well as to review how an exchange enforces

    those rules.184

    —————————————————————————

    181 CEA section 4a(a)(3)(B)(iii); 7 U.S.C. 6a(a)(3)(B)(iii).

    See also the discussion of proposed Sec. 150.10(a)(3)(ii), below.

    182 See proposed Sec. 150.10(a)(3)(ii).

    183 See proposed Sec. 150.10(a)(4)(vi).

    184 The Commission could, for example, revoke or confirm

    exchange-granted exemptions.

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission, however, remains concerned, among other things,

    about protecting the price discovery process in the core referenced

    futures contracts, particularly as those contracts approach expiration.

    Accordingly, as an alternative, the Commission is also considering

    whether to prohibit an exchange from granting spread exemptions that

    would be applicable during the lesser of the last five days of trading

    or the time period for the spot month.

    RFC 20: Are there concerns regarding the applicability of spread

    exemptions in the spot month that the Commission should consider?

    Should the Commission, parallel to the requirements of current Sec.

    1.3(z)(2), provide that such spread positions not be exempted during

    the lesser of the last five days of trading or the time period for the

    spot month? 185

    —————————————————————————

    185 See also supra notes 56 and 132 and accompanying text.

    —————————————————————————

    RFC 21: If the Commission permits exchanges to grant spread

    positions applicable in the spot month, should recognition of NEBFH

    positions be conditioned upon additional filings similar to the

    proposed Form 504 that is required for the proposed conditional spot

    month limit exemption? 186 Proposed Form 504 would require additional

    information on the market participant’s cash market holdings for each

    day of the spot month period. Under this alternative, market

    participants would submit daily cash position information to an

    exchange in a format determined by the exchange, which would then be

    required to forward that information to the Commission in a process

    similar to that proposed under Sec. 150.10(c)(2).

    —————————————————————————

    186 The conditional spot month limit exemption and the related

    Form 504 were discussed in the December 2013 position limits

    proposal (78 FR 75680 at 75736-8). A copy of the proposed form was

    submitted to the Federal Register (id. at 75803-8) to ensure the

    public had the opportunity to comment on the information required by

    the proposed form. The Commission estimated the number of market

    participants that would be required to file the form in the December

    2013 position limits proposal (id. at 75783). Commenters are

    encouraged to review and comment on proposed Form 504 in the context

    of this current proposal.

    —————————————————————————

    RFC 22: Alternatively, if the Commission permits exchanges to grant

    [[Page 38479]]

    spread exemptions applicable in the spot month, should the Commission

    require market participants to file proposed Form 504 with the

    Commission? Under this alternative, the relevant cash market

    information would be submitted directly to the Commission, eliminating

    the need for the exchange to intermediate. The Commission would adjust

    the title of proposed Form 504 to clarify that the form would be used

    for all daily spot month cash position reporting purposes, not just the

    proposed requirements of the conditional spot month limit exemption in

    proposed Sec. 150.3(c).

    Proposed 150.10(a)(3) sets forth a core set of information and

    materials that all applicants must submit to enable an exchange to

    determine, and the Commission to verify, whether the facts and

    circumstances attendant to a position further the policy objectives of

    CEA section 4a(a)(3)(B). In particular, the applicant must demonstrate,

    and the exchange must determine, that exempting the spread position

    from position limits would, to the maximum extent practicable, ensure

    sufficient market liquidity for bona fide hedgers, but not unduly

    reduce the effectiveness of position limits to diminish, eliminate or

    prevent excessive speculation; deter and prevent market manipulation,

    squeezes, and corners; and ensure that the price discovery function of

    the underlying market is not disrupted.187

    —————————————————————————

    187 See also infra note 192 and accompanying text (describing

    the DCM’s responsibility under its application process to make this

    determination in a timely manner).

    —————————————————————————

    One DCM, ICE Futures U.S., currently grants certain types of spread

    exemptions that the Commission is concerned may not be consistent with

    these policy objectives.188 ICE Futures U.S. allows “cash-and-

    carry” spread exemptions to exchange-set limits, which permit a market

    participant to hold a long position greater than the speculative limit

    in the spot month and an equivalent short position in the following

    month in order to guarantee a return that, at minimum, covers its

    carrying charges, i.e., the cost of financing, insuring, and storing

    the physical inventory until the next expiration.189 Market

    participants are able to take physical delivery in the nearby month and

    redeliver the same product in a deferred month, often at a profit. The

    Commission notes that while market participants are permitted to re-

    deliver the physical commodity, they are under no obligation to do so.

    —————————————————————————

    188 See ICE Futures U.S. Rule 6.29(e).

    189 Carrying charges include insurance, storage fees, and

    financing costs, as well as other costs such as aging discounts that

    are specific to individual commodities. The ICE Futures U.S. rules

    require an applicant to provide: (i) Its cost of carry; (ii) the

    minimum spread at which the applicant will enter into a straddle

    position and which would result in an profit for the applicant; and

    (iii) the quantity of stocks in exchange-licensed warehouses that it

    already owns. The applicant’s entire long position carried into the

    notice period must have been put on as a spread at a differential

    that covers the applicant’s cost of carry. See Rule Enforcement

    Review of ICE Futures U.S., July 22, 2014 (“ICE Futures U.S. Rule

    Enforcement Review”), at 44-45, available at http://www.cftc.gov/IndustryOversight/TradingOrganizations/DCMs/dcmruleenf.

    —————————————————————————

    ICE Futures U.S.’s rules condition the cash-and-carry spread

    exemption upon the applicant’s agreement that “before the price of the

    nearby contract month rises to a premium to the second (2nd) contract

    month, it will liquidate all long positions in the nearby contract

    month.” 190 The Commission understands that ICE Futures U.S.

    requires traders to provide information about their expected cost of

    carry, which is used by the exchange to determine the levels by which

    the trader has to reduce the position. Those exit points are then

    communicated to the applicant when the exchange responds to the

    trader’s hedge exemption request.

    —————————————————————————

    190 ICE Futures U.S. Rule 6.29(e) (at the time of the target

    period of the ICE Futures U.S. Rule Enforcement Review (June 15,

    2011 to June 15, 2012), the cash-and-carry provision currently found

    in ICE Futures U.S. Rule 6.29(e) was found in ICE Futures U.S. Rule

    6.27(e)). Further, under the exchange’s rules, additional conditions

    may also apply.

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission is considering whether to impose on the exchange a

    requirement to ensure exit points in cash-and-carry spread exemptions

    are appropriate to facilitate an orderly liquidation in the expiring

    futures contract. The Commission is concerned that a large demand for

    delivery on cash and carry positions may distort the price of the

    expiring futures price upwards. This may particularly be a concern in

    those commodity markets where the cash spot price is discovered in the

    expiring futures contract.

    In a recent Rule Enforcement Review, ICE Futures U.S. opined that

    such exemptions are “beneficial for the market, particularly when

    there are plentiful warehouse stocks, which typically is the only time

    when the opportunity exists to utilize the exemption,” maintaining

    that the exchange’s rules and procedures are effective in ensuring

    orderly liquidations.191 The Commission remains concerned, however,

    about these exemptions and their impact on the spot month price. The

    Commission is still reviewing the effectiveness of the exchange’s cash-

    and-carry spread exemptions and the procedure by which they are

    granted.

    —————————————————————————

    191 ICE Futures U.S. Rule Enforcement Review, at 45.

    —————————————————————————

    As an alternative to providing exchanges with discretion to

    consider granting cash-and-carry spread exemptions, the Commission is

    considering prohibiting cash-and-carry spread exemptions to position

    limits. In this regard, the Commission does not grant such exemptions

    to current federal position limits. As another alternative, the

    Commission is considering permitting exchanges to grant cash-and-carry

    spread exemptions, but would require suitable safeguards be placed on

    such exemptions. For example, the Commission could require cash-and-

    carry spread exemptions be conditioned on a market participant reducing

    positions below speculative limit levels in a timely manner once

    current market prices no longer permit entry into a full carry

    transaction, rather than the less stringent condition of ICE Futures

    U.S. that a trader reduce positions “before the price of the nearby

    contract month rises to a premium to the second (2nd) contract month.”

    RFC 23: Do cash-and-carry spread exemptions further the policy

    objectives of the Act, as outlined in proposed Sec. 150.10(a)(3)? Why

    or why not? Do cash and carry spread exemptions facilitate an orderly

    liquidation? Do these exemptions impede convergence or distort the

    price of the expiring futures contract?

    RFC 24: If cash-and-carry spread exemptions are allowed, what

    conditions should be placed on the exemptions? For example, on what

    basis should a trader be required to exit futures positions above

    position limit levels? Should such exemptions be conditioned, for

    example, to require a market participant to reduce the positions below

    speculative limit levels in a timely manner once current market prices

    no longer permit entry into a full carry transaction? Are there other

    types of spread exemptions that may not further the policy objectives

    of CEA section 4a and, thus, should be prohibited or conditioned?

    RFC 25: With cash-and-carry spread exemptions still under review by

    the Commission, should the proposed rules allow such exemptions to be

    granted under proposed Sec. 150.10? Why or why not?

    RFC 26: If the proposed rules do not prohibit such exemptions, an

    exchange could determine that cash-and-carry spread exemptions–or

    another type of spread exemption–further the policy objectives in

    proposed Sec. 150.10(a)(3) and so begin to grant such exemptions from

    federal position limits. If, after finishing its review, the Commission

    [[Page 38480]]

    disagrees with the exchange’s determination, is the proposed process in

    Sec. 150.10(d) for reviewing exemptions sufficient to address any

    concerns raised?

    Under the proposal, an exchange’s rules would require an applicant

    to submit to the exchange a core set of information and materials that

    would include, at a minimum: (i) A description of the spread position

    for which the application is submitted, including details on all

    components of the spread; (ii) detailed information to demonstrate why

    the spread position should be exempted from position limits, including

    how the exemption would further the purposes of CEA section

    4a(a)(3)(B); and (iii) a statement concerning the maximum size of all

    gross positions in derivative contracts to be acquired by the applicant

    during the year after the application is submitted. Further, an

    exchange would not be permitted to grant a spread exemption request

    that would be contrary to the requirements for a pass-through swap

    offset position in CEA section 4a(c)(2)(B), which the Commission

    interprets to preclude spread exemptions for a swap position that was

    executed opposite a counterparty for which the transaction would not

    qualify as a bona fide hedging transaction. The requirement that an

    applicant specify a maximum size of all gross positions to be acquired

    will enable an exchange to more effectively set a cap on a market

    participant’s spread position. Such a cap could reasonably take into

    account the specific liquidity needs of the marketplace and the ability

    of the spread position to be put on and offset in an orderly fashion

    and without causing market disruptions. The Commission expects that an

    exchange would be particularly attentive to the size of any component

    of a spread position it permits to be held in the spot month in light

    of its obligation to consider, in granting such spread exemptions, the

    goals of deterring and preventing market manipulation, squeezes, and

    corners.

    RFC 27: Does the application process solicit sufficient information

    for an exchange to consider whether a spread exemption would, to the

    maximum extent practicable, further the policy objectives of CEA

    section 4a(a)(3)(B)? For example, how would an exchange determine

    whether an applicant for a spread exemption may provide liquidity, such

    that the goal of ensuring sufficient market liquidity for bona-fide

    hedgers would be furthered by the spread exemption?

    RFC 28: How would exchanges oversee or monitor exemptions that have

    been granted, and, if the exchange determines it necessary, revoke the

    exemption?

    Proposed Sec. 150.10(a)(4) sets forth certain timing requirements

    that an exchange must include in its rules for the spread application

    process. While these timing requirements are similar to those under

    proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(4),192 the exchange under proposed Sec.

    150.10(a)(4) must also determine in a timely manner whether the facts

    and circumstances attendant to a position further the policy objectives

    of CEA section 4a(a)(3)(B).193 Finally, the spread exemption

    application processes proposed in Sec. 150.10(a)(5), (6), (7), and (8)

    are all substantially similar to those proposed under Sec.

    150.9(a)(5), (6), (7), and (8).

    —————————————————————————

    192 For example, proposed 150.9(a)(4) provides that: (i) A

    person intending to rely on a exchange’s exemption from position

    limits would be required to submit an application in advance and to

    reapply at least on an annual basis; (ii) the exchange would be

    required to notify an applicant in a timely manner whether the

    position was exempted, and reasons for any rejection; and (iii) the

    exchange would be able to revoke, at any time, any recognition

    previously issued pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.9 if the exchange

    determined the recognition was no longer in accord with section

    4a(c) of the Act.

    193 See supra note 171 and accompanying text.

    —————————————————————————

    ii. Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements, and Review of

    Applications and Summaries by Commission

    The proposed processes under Sec. 150.10(b) Recordkeeping, Sec.

    150.10(c) Reports to the Commission; Sec. 150.10(d) Review of

    Applications by the Commission; Sec. 150.10(e) Review of Summaries by

    the Commission; and Sec. 150.10(f) Delegation of Authority to the

    Director of the Division of Market Oversight are substantially similar

    to the corresponding provisions in Sec. 150.9(b) through (f), as

    described above.194 Hence, the Commission does not repeat the

    discussion here.

    —————————————————————————

    194 See the discussion of the NEBFH application process in

    Sections II(C)(3)(ii)-(v) of the Supplementary Information above.

    —————————————————————————

    RFC 29: Is it appropriate to have the same processes under Sec.

    150.10(b) through (f) for spread exemptions as proposed for NEBFHs

    outlined under Sec. 150.09(b) through (f)? If no, explain why and how

    those processes should differ.

    F. Recognition of Positions as Enumerated Anticipatory Bona Fide Hedges

    1. Background

    In the December 2013 position limits proposal, the Commission

    proposed Sec. 150.7, requirements for anticipatory bona fide hedging

    position exemptions,195 to replace current Sec. 1.48,196 which

    provides requirements for classification of certain anticipatory bona

    fide hedge positions under current Sec. 1.3(z)(2) (i)(B) or (ii)(C) of

    the Commission’s regulations. As proposed in the December 2013 position

    limits proposal, Sec. 150.7 would require market participants to file

    statements with the Commission regarding certain anticipatory hedges,

    which would become effective absent Commission action or inquiry ten

    days after submission.197 The Commission now proposes to supplement

    the process proposed in the December 2013 position limits proposal by

    allowing exchanges, as an alternative, to review requests for

    recognition of such enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedging

    exemptions pursuant to exchange rules submitted to the Commission.

    —————————————————————————

    195 As proposed in the December 2013 position limits proposal,

    Sec. 150.7 provides a process for recognition as bona fide hedge

    positions for: Unfilled anticipated requirements, unsold anticipated

    production, anticipated royalties, anticipated service contract

    payments or receipts, or anticipatory cross-commodity hedges under

    the provisions of paragraphs (3)(iii), (4)(i), (4)(iii), 4(iv) or

    (5), respectively, of the definition of bona fide hedging position

    in Sec. 150.1. These types of anticipatory positions do not

    implicate commodity index contracts, in contrast to the positions

    discussed in notes 134 and 180 and the accompanying text.

    196 17 CFR 1.48 (providing a process for persons to

    demonstrate NEBFH falls within the scope of Sec. 1.3(z)(1)). As

    noted in the December 2013 position limits proposal, “On September

    28, 2012, the District Court for the District of Columbia vacated

    the part 151 Rulemaking with the exception of the amendments to

    Sec. 150.2. 887 F. Supp. 2d 259 (D.D.C. 2012). Vacating the part

    151 Rulemaking, with the exception of the amendments to Sec. 150.2,

    means that as things stand now, it is as if the Commission had never

    adopted any part of the part 151 Rulemaking other than the

    amendments to Sec. 150.2.” December 2013 position limits proposal,

    78 FR at 75740, note 478.

    Current Sec. 1.48 can be found at https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/browse/collectionCfr.action?collectionCode=CFR&searchPath=Title+17%2FChapter+I%2FPart+1%2FSubjgrp&oldPath=Title+17%2FChapter+I%2FPart+1&isCollapsed=true&selectedYearFrom=2010&ycord=594.

    197 See December 2013 position limits proposal, 78 FR at

    75746.

    —————————————————————————

    In response to the December 2013 position limits proposal, the

    Commission has received comments that suggested that the exchanges

    would be better equipped to recognize non-enumerated hedge positions

    and anticipatory hedging positions.

    For example, one commenter noted that the exchanges have a long

    history of enforcing position limits and are in a much better position

    than the Commission to judge the applicant’s hedging needs and to set

    an appropriate level for the hedge.198 According to another

    commenter, providing the

    [[Page 38481]]

    exchanges with the ability to grant hedge exemptions for federal limits

    in conjunction with the grant of an exchange hedge exemption would

    create consistency and efficiency, and take advantage of the expertise

    gained by exchanges in granting hedge exemptions from position limits

    over many years.199 A third asserted that the proposed requirement to

    file Form 704 is “unduly burdensome and commercially impracticable,”

    and requests that the Commission “allow the exchanges to continue to

    grant annual hedge exemptions, which do not include onerous reporting

    requirements.” 200 A fourth commenter requested that the Commission

    consider incorporating the proposed position limits regime into the

    existing framework managed by the exchanges, stating that market

    participants and exchanges alike are comfortable and have a unique

    familiarity with the current futures-exchange-set position limits and

    aggregation processes, and have developed an effective working

    relationship.201 This commenter also stated its belief that the

    current framework regarding hedge exemptions provides commercial market

    participants with the efficacy and the timeliness needed to ensure they

    are able to hedge their risks.202

    —————————————————————————

    198 CL-AGA-60382 at 13.

    199 PAAP on February 10, 2014 (“CL-PAAP-59664”) at 3.

    200 BG Energy on February 10, 2014 (“CL-BG Energy-59656”) at

    11.

    201 EDF Trading on March 30, 2015 (“CL-EDF-60398”) at 3-4.

    202 CL-EDF-60398 at 5.

    —————————————————————————

    2. Enumerated Anticipatory Bona Fide Hedge Exemption Proposal

    While the Commission continues to consider comments regarding

    proposed Sec. 150.7, it is expected that a number of anticipatory bona

    fide hedging positions will be enumerated in the final rule, as

    proposed.203 In this current proposal, the Commission proposes that

    exchanges, pursuant to exchange rules submitted to the Commission,

    could review requests for recognition of such enumerated anticipatory

    bona fide hedging exemptions, as an alternative to the process set

    forth in the December 2013 position limits proposal that required

    market participants to file a statement with the Commission.204

    Similar to the current DCM rule framework and application process noted

    above for the recognition of NEBFH positions for purposes of exchange

    limits, most, if not all, DCMs already have some sort of framework and

    application process allowing market participants to request exemptions

    from exchange position limits for anticipatory bona fide hedge

    positions.

    —————————————————————————

    203 As noted above, the December 2013 position limits proposal

    provided a process, under Sec. 150.7, for recognition as bona fide

    hedging positions for unfilled anticipated requirements, unsold

    anticipated production, anticipated royalties, anticipated service

    contract payments or receipts, or anticipatory cross-commodity

    hedges under the provisions of paragraphs (3)(iii), (4)(i),

    (4)(iii), 4(iv) or (5), respectively, of the definition of bona fide

    hedging position in Sec. 150.1. See supra note 196 and accompanying

    text.

    204 See December 2013 position limits proposal, 78 FR at

    75746.

    —————————————————————————

    Proposed Sec. 150.11 would permit exchanges to recognize certain

    anticipatory bona fide hedge positions, such as unfilled anticipated

    requirements, unsold anticipated production, anticipated royalties,

    anticipated service contract payments or receipts, or anticipatory

    cross-commodity hedges. Under proposed Sec. 150.11, market

    participants could continue to work with exchanges to request the

    exemption. In addition, proposed Sec. 150.11 would allow exchanges to

    adopt a shorter timeline for processing the exemption applications than

    under Sec. 150.7 as proposed in the December 2013 position limits

    proposal. Under proposed Sec. 150.11, an exchange could potentially

    recognize a position as a bona fide hedge in fewer than ten days after

    filing. In contrast, Sec. 150.7 as proposed in the December 2013

    position limits proposal, would provide the Commission with a full ten

    days after receipt of a filing to reject the position as a bona fide

    hedge before a filing would become effective.

    The process under proposed Sec. 150.11(a) is like the process

    under proposed Sec. 150.9(a) described above. For example, an exchange

    with at least one year of experience and expertise administering

    position limits could elect to adopt rules to recognize commodity

    derivative positions as enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedges.

    However, it is different from the process under proposed Sec. 150.9(a)

    in that the Commission does not propose to permit separate processes

    for applications based on novel versus non-novel facts and

    circumstances. The Commission determined to define certain anticipatory

    positions as enumerated bona fide hedges when it adopted current Sec.

    1.3(z)(2). The December 2013 position limits proposal does not change

    this determination. Consequently, the Commission does not anticipate

    that applications for recognition of enumerated anticipatory bona fide

    hedge positions would be based on novel facts and circumstances. For

    the same reason, proposed Sec. 150.11(a) does not require exchanges to

    post summaries of any enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge

    positions. Other simplifications follow from this difference.

    In addition, the application process established by exchanges under

    proposed Sec. 150.11(a) addresses the information exchanges should

    elicit in the application process by citing to the information required

    under Sec. 150.7(d) as proposed in the December 2013 position limits

    proposal. Moreover, the reporting requirements for applicants under

    proposed Sec. 150.11(a)(5) differ from the reporting requirements

    under proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(6). Under proposed Sec. 150.11(a)(5),

    applicants would be required to file a report with the Commission

    pursuant to Sec. 150.7 as proposed in the December 2013 position

    limits proposal and a copy with the exchange. Proposed Sec.

    150.9(a)(6), on the other hand, requires the applicant to file reports

    with the exchange recognizing the position, and additionally requires

    under proposed Sec. 150.9(c)(2) that the exchange would provide such

    information to the Commission on a monthly basis.

    RFC 30: The Commission requests comments on all aspects of proposed

    Sec. 150.11, including whether the Commission should consider any

    other factors in addition to those listed in proposed Sec.

    150.11(a)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v).

    Finally, in order to correct some errors, the Commission is

    proposing technical edits to Sec. 150.7 as it was proposed in the

    December 2013 position limits proposal. The reference to paragraph (f)

    in the last sentence in Sec. 150.7(b) as proposed in the December 2013

    position limits proposal should instead be a reference to paragraph

    (h). And the introductory language to Sec. 150.7(h) as proposed in the

    December 2013 position limits proposal, “Sales or purchases of

    commodity derivative contracts considered to be bona fide hedging

    positions under paragraphs 3(iii)(A) or 4(i) of the bona fide hedging

    position definition in Sec. 150.1 . . .” should instead read as “. .

    . under paragraphs 3(iii)(A), 4(i), 4(iii) or 4(iv) of the bona fide

    hedging position definition in Sec. 150.1, or any cross-commodity

    hedges thereof, . . . .”

    G. Delegation of Authority

    The Commission proposes to delegate certain of its authorities

    under proposed Sec. 150.9, Sec. 150.10 and Sec. 150.11 to the

    Director of the Commission’s Division of Market Oversight, or such

    other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to

    time. Proposed Sec. 150.9(f)(1)(ii), Sec. 150.10(f)(1)(ii) and Sec.

    150.11(e)(1)(ii)

    [[Page 38482]]

    would delegate the Commission’s authority to the Division of Market

    Oversight (“DMO”) to provide instructions regarding the submission of

    information required to be reported to the Commission by an exchange,

    and to specify the manner and determine the format, coding structure,

    and electronic data transmission procedures for submitting such

    information. Proposed Sec. 150.9(f)(1)(v) and Sec. 150.10(f)(1)(v)

    would delegate the Commission’s review authority under proposed Sec.

    150.9(e) and Sec. 150.10(e), respectively, to DMO with respect to

    summaries of types of recognized non-enumerated bona fide hedges, and

    types of spread exemptions, that are required to be posted on an

    exchange’s Web site pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(7) and Sec.

    150.10(a)(7), respectively.

    Proposed Sec. 150.9(f)(1)(i), Sec. 150.10(f)(1)(i) and Sec.

    150.11(e)(1)(i) would delegate the Commission’s authority to DMO to

    agree to or reject a request by an exchange to consider an application

    for recognition of an NEBFH or enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge,

    or an application for a spread exemption. Proposed Sec.

    150.9(f)(1)(iii), Sec. 150.10(f)(1)(iii) and Sec. 150.11(e)(1)(iii)

    would delegate the Commission’s authority to review any application for

    recognition of an NEBFH or enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge, or

    application for a spread exemption, and all records required to be

    maintained by an exchange in connection with such application. Proposed

    Sec. 150.9(f)(1)(iii), Sec. 150.10(f)(1)(iii) and Sec.

    150.11(e)(1)(iii) would also delegate the Commission’s authority to

    request such records, and to request additional information in

    connection with such application from the exchange or from the

    applicant.

    Proposed Sec. 150.9(f)(1)(iv) and Sec. 150.10(f)(1)(iv) would

    delegate the Commission’s authority, under proposed Sec. 150.9(d)(2)

    and Sec. 150.10(d)(2), respectively, to determine that an application

    for recognition of an NEBFH, or an application for a spread exemption,

    requires additional analysis or review, and to provide notice to the

    exchange and the particular applicant that they have 10 days to

    supplement such application.

    The Commission does not propose to delegate its authority under

    proposed Sec. 150.9(d)(3) or Sec. 150.10(d)(3) to make a final

    determination as to the exchange’s disposition. The Commission believes

    that if an exchange’s disposition raises concerns regarding consistency

    with the Act or presents novel or complex issues, then the Commission

    should make the final determination, after taking into consideration

    any supplemental information provided by the exchange or the applicant.

    However, the Commission proposes, in Sec. 150.11(e)(iv), to

    delegate its authority to determine, under proposed Sec. 150.11(d)(2),

    that it is not appropriate to recognize a commodity derivative position

    as an enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge, or that the disposition

    by an exchange of an application for such recognition is inconsistent

    with the filing requirements of proposed Sec. 150.11(a)(2). The

    delegation would also provide DMO with the authority, after any such

    determination was made, to grant the applicant a reasonable amount of

    time to liquidate its commodity derivative position or otherwise come

    into compliance. This proposed combined delegation takes into account

    that applications processed by an exchange under proposed Sec. 150.11

    would be for positions that should satisfy the requirements for

    enumerated hedges set forth in the Commission’s rules, and should

    therefore be less likely to raise novel issues of interpretation, or

    novel issues with respect to consistency with the filing requirements

    of proposed Sec. 150.11(a)(2), than applications processed under

    proposed Sec. 150.9 or Sec. 150.10. Such delegation is consistent

    with the Commission’s longstanding delegation to DMO of its authority

    to review applications for recognition of enumerated bona fide hedges

    under current Sec. 1.48, as well as consistent with the more

    streamlined approach to Commission review of enumerated anticipatory

    bona fide hedge applications in proposed Sec. 150.7.

    RFC 31: The Commission invites comments on its proposed delegation

    of authority in Sec. 150.11(e)(iv), and on all other aspects of its

    proposed delegation of authority in Sec. 150.9(f), Sec. 150.10(f) and

    Sec. 150.11(e).

    H. Related Changes to Sec. 150.3 and Sec. 150.5–Exemptions and

    Exchange-Set Speculative Position Limits

    In the December 2013 position limits proposal, the Commission

    proposed to replace both current Sec. 150.3, which establishes

    exemptions from federal position limits, and current Sec. 150.5(a),

    which provides guidance to DCMs for exchange-set position limits. The

    changes to Sec. 150.3 as proposed in the December 2013 position limits

    proposal would have provided for recognition of enumerated bona fide

    hedge positions, but would not have exempted any spread positions from

    federal limits. For any commodity derivative contracts subject to

    federal position limits, Sec. 150.5(a)(2) as proposed in the December

    2013 position limits proposal would have established requirements under

    which exchanges could recognize exemptions from exchange-set position

    limits, including hedge exemptions and spread exemptions. Because the

    Commission is now proposing to permit exchanges to recognize NEBFH

    positions under proposed Sec. 150.9, to grant spread exemptions from

    federal limits under proposed Sec. 150.10, and to recognize certain

    enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge positions under proposed Sec.

    150.11, the Commission proposes corresponding changes to Sec. 150.3

    205 and Sec. 150.5(a)(2).

    —————————————————————————

    205 As noted above, in the regulatory text below where the

    CFTC sets out the proposed changes to the CFR, the Commission has

    designated certain appendices and subsections, such as appendices

    (A) through (D), Sec. 150.3(a)(ii),Sec. 150.3(a)(iii), and Sec.

    150.5(a)(3) through (6), among others, as “[Reserved].” For the

    avoidance of doubt, the Commission is still reviewing comments

    received on such reserved provisions and does not seek further

    comment on such reserved provisions. See supra preamble Section II.

    —————————————————————————

    Further, in the December 2013 position limits proposal, the

    Commission proposed Sec. 150.5(b) to establish requirements and

    acceptable practices for commodity derivative contracts not subject to

    federal position limits. The Commission now proposes to revise Sec.

    150.5(b)(5) as proposed in the December 2013 position limits proposal

    to permit exchanges to recognize NEBFHs, as well as spreads, to conform

    to the instant proposal. The Commission notes that it is no longer

    proposing to prohibit recognizing spreads during the spot month,

    although such exemptions would not have been permitted under Sec. Sec.

    150.5(a)(2) or (b)(5) as proposed in the December 2013 position limits

    proposal. Instead, this current proposal would, in part, maintain the

    status quo: Exchanges that currently recognize spreads in the spot

    month under current Sec. 150.5(a) will be able to continue to do

    so.206 However, exchanges would be responsible for determining

    whether recognizing spreads, including spreads in the spot month, would

    further the policy objectives in section 4a(3) of the Act.

    —————————————————————————

    206 Under current Sec. 150.5(a), a DCM may exempt from

    exchange-set speculative position limits any position normally known

    to the trade as a spread, straddle, or arbitrage position.

    —————————————————————————

    I. Changes to the Definitions of Futures-Equivalent, Intermarket Spread

    Position, and Intramarket Spread Position

    1. Changes to the Definition of “Futures-Equivalent”

    In the December 2013 position limits proposal, the Commission

    proposed to broaden the definition of the term “futures-equivalent”

    found in current Sec. 150.1(f) of the Commission’s

    [[Page 38483]]

    regulations,207 and to expand upon clarifications included in the

    current definition relating to adjustments and computation times.208

    The Dodd-Frank Act amendments to CEA section 4a,209 in part, direct

    the Commission to apply aggregate federal position limits to physical

    commodity futures contracts and to swaps contracts that are

    economically equivalent to such physical commodity futures contracts on

    which the Commission has established limits. In order to aggregate

    positions in futures, options and swaps contracts, it is necessary to

    adjust the position sizes, since such contracts may have varying units

    of trading (e.g., the amount of a commodity underlying a particular

    swap contract could be larger than the amount of a commodity underlying

    a core referenced futures contract). The Commission proposed to adjust

    position sizes to an equivalent position based on the size of the unit

    of trading of the core referenced futures contract. The December 2013

    position limits proposal would extend the current definition of

    “futures equivalent” in current Sec. 150.1(f), that is applicable

    only to an option contract, to both options and swaps.

    —————————————————————————

    207 17 CFR 150.1(f) currently defines “futures-equivalent”

    only for an option contract, adjusting the open position in options

    by the previous day’s risk factor, as calculated at the close of

    trading by the exchange.

    208 The December 2013 position limits proposal defines

    “futures-equivalent” for: (1) An option contact, adjusting the

    position size by an economically reasonable and analytically

    supported risk factor, computed as of the previous day’s close or

    the current day’s close or contemporaneously during the trading day;

    and (2) a swap, converting the position size to an economically

    equivalent amount of an open position in a core referenced futures

    contract. See December 2013 position limits proposal, 78 FR at

    75698-9.

    209 Amendments to CEA section 4a(1) authorize the Commission

    to extend position limits beyond futures and option contracts to

    swaps traded on an exchange and swaps not traded on an exchange that

    perform or affect a significant price discovery function with

    respect to regulated entities. 7 U.S.C. 6a(a)(1). In addition, under

    new CEA sections 4a(a)(2) and 4a(a)(5), speculative position limits

    apply to agricultural and exempt commodity swaps that are

    “economically equivalent” to DCM futures and option contracts. 7

    U.S.C. 6a(a)(2) and (5).

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission now proposes two further clarifications to the

    definition of the term “futures-equivalent.” First, the Commission

    proposes to address circumstances in which a referenced contract for

    which futures equivalents must be calculated is itself a futures

    contract. This may occur, for example, when the referenced contract is

    a futures contract that is a mini-sized version of the core referenced

    futures contract (e.g., the mini-corn and the corn futures

    contracts).210 The Commission proposes to clarify in proposed Sec.

    150.1 that the term “futures-equivalent” includes a futures contract

    which has been converted to an economically equivalent amount of an

    open position in a core referenced futures contract. This clarification

    mirrors the expanded definition of “futures-equivalent” in the

    December 2013 position limits proposal, as it would pertain to swaps.

    —————————————————————————

    210 Under current Sec. 150.2, for purposes of compliance with

    federal position limits, positions in regular sized and mini-sized

    contracts are aggregated. The Commission’s practice of aggregating

    futures contracts, when a DCM lists for trading two or more futures

    contracts with substantially identical terms, is to scale down a

    position in the mini-sized contract, by multiplying the position in

    the mini-sized contract by the ratio of the unit of trading in the

    mini-sized contract to that of the regular sized contract. See

    paragraph (b)(2)(D) of app. C to part 38 of the Commission’s

    regulations for guidance regarding the contract size or trading unit

    for a futures or futures option contract.

    —————————————————————————

    Second, the Commission proposes to clarify the definition of the

    term “futures-equivalent” to provide that, for purposes of

    calculating futures equivalents, an option contract must also be

    converted to an economically equivalent amount of an open position in a

    core referenced futures contract. This clarification addresses

    situations, for example, where the unit of trading underlying an option

    contract (that is, the notional quantity underlying an option contract)

    may differ from the unit of trading underlying a core referenced

    futures contract.211

    —————————————————————————

    211 For an example of a futures-equivalent conversion of a

    swaption, see example 6, WTI swaptions, app. A to part 20 of the

    Commission’s regulations.

    —————————————————————————

    These clarifications are consistent with the methodology the

    Commission used to provide its analysis of unique persons over

    percentages of the proposed position limit levels in the December 2013

    position limits proposal.212

    —————————————————————————

    212 See Table 11 in the December 2013 position limits

    proposal, 78 FR at 75731-3.

    —————————————————————————

    2. Changes to the Definitions of “Intermarket Spread Position” and

    “Intramarket Spread Position”

    In the December 2013 position limits proposal, the Commission

    proposed to add to current Sec. 150.1 new definitions of the terms

    “intermarket spread position” and “intramarket spread position.”

    213 In connection with its proposal to permit exchanges to process

    applications for exemptions from federal position limits for certain

    spread positions, the Commission now proposes to expand the definitions

    of these terms as proposed in the December 2013 position limits

    proposal.

    —————————————————————————

    213 In the December 2013 position limits proposal, the

    Commission proposed to define an “intermarket spread position” as

    “a long position in a commodity derivative contract in a particular

    commodity at a particular designated contract market or swap

    execution facility and a short position in another commodity

    derivative contract in that same commodity away from that particular

    designated contract market or swap execution facility.” The

    Commission also proposed to define an “intramarket spread

    position” as “a long position in a commodity derivative contract

    in a particular commodity and a short position in another commodity

    contract in the same commodity on the same designated contract

    market or swap execution facility.” See December 2013 position

    limits proposal, 78 FR at 75699-700.

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission now proposes to define an “intermarket spread

    position” to mean “a long (short) position in one or more commodity

    derivative contracts in a particular commodity, or its products or its

    by-products, at a particular designated contract market, and a short

    (long) position in one or more commodity derivative contracts in that

    same, or similar, commodity, or its products or its by-products, away

    from that particular designated contract market.” Similarly, the

    Commission now proposes to define an “intramarket spread position” to

    mean “a long position in one or more commodity derivative contracts in

    a particular commodity, or its products or its by-products, and a short

    position in one or more commodity derivative contracts in the same, or

    similar, commodity, or its products or its by-products, on the same

    designated contract market.”

    The expanded definitions that the Commission now proposes would

    take into account that a market participant may take positions in

    multiple commodity derivative contracts to establish an intermarket

    spread position or an intramarket spread position. The expanded

    definitions would also take into account that such spread positions may

    be established by taking positions in derivative contracts in the same

    commodity, in similar commodities, or in the products or by-products of

    the same or similar commodities. By way of example, the expanded

    definitions would include a short position in a crude oil derivative

    contract and long positions in a gasoline derivative contract and a

    diesel fuel derivative contract (collectively, a reverse crack spread).

    RFC 32: The Commission invites comment on all aspects of its

    proposed expanded definitions of “intermarket spread position” and

    “intramarket spread position.”

    III. Related Matters

    A. Cost-Benefit Considerations

    Section 15(a) of the CEA requires the Commission to consider the

    costs and benefits of its actions before promulgating a regulation

    under the

    [[Page 38484]]

    CEA or issuing certain orders. Section 15(a) further specifies that the

    costs and benefits shall be evaluated in light of five broad areas of

    market and public concern: (1) Protection of market participants and

    the public; (2) efficiency, competitiveness, and financial integrity of

    futures markets; (3) price discovery; (4) sound risk management

    practices; and (5) other public interest considerations. The Commission

    considers the costs and benefits resulting from its discretionary

    determinations with respect to the Section 15(a) factors.

    In December 2013, the Commission proposed, among other things, to

    establish speculative position limits for 28 contracts, to revise the

    process recognizing certain market participant positions as bona fide

    hedges, and to revise exemptions for spreads.214 The December 2013

    position limits proposal invited the public to comment on the

    Commission’s consideration of the costs and benefits of the proposals,

    identify and assess any costs and benefits not discussed therein, as

    well as, provide possible alternative proposals.

    —————————————————————————

    214 78 FR 75680-842.

    —————————————————————————

    As discussed in Sections I and II of this release, the Commission

    now proposes: (a) To delay implementing the requirements of SEF core

    principle 6(B) and DCM core principle 5(B) with respect to the setting

    and monitoring of position limits for swaps; (b) to revise the process

    for recognizing certain positions as non-enumerated bona fide hedges;

    (c) to revise the process for exempting spreads, as well as expanding

    the types of spreads that may be exempted from position limits; and (d)

    to add a recognition process for enumerated anticipatory bona fide

    hedges. This release, in large part, is a response to comments to the

    December 2013 position limits proposal. As discussed earlier,

    commenters urged the Commission to rely on the exchanges’ long-standing

    experience in overseeing position limits, recognizing bona fide hedges,

    and reviewing spreads.

    This supplemental proposal adds new provisions to and otherwise

    modifies some of the proposed rules identified and discussed in the

    December 2013 position limits proposal. The baseline against which the

    Commission considers the benefits and costs of this supplemental

    proposal is the same as that employed in the December 2013 position

    limits proposal: The statutory requirements of the CEA and the

    Commission regulations now in effect–in particular the Commission’s

    Part 150 regulations and rules 1.47 and 1.48.215

    —————————————————————————

    215 See chart listing current regulations, December 2013

    position limits proposal at 75712.

    —————————————————————————

    1. Guidance for DCM Core Principle5(B), SEF Core Principle 6(B), and

    Part 150

    As explained in Section IIA above, the Commission received comments

    in response to the December 2013 position limits proposal that most

    exchanges do not have the ability to effectively monitor all swap

    positions held by a market participant across exchanges. The Commission

    now proposes to amend its guidance regarding DCM core principle 5(B)

    and SEF core principle 6(B), and add Appendix E to Part 150. The

    proposed amendments would have the effect of delaying the

    implementation of exchanges’ obligation to adopt swap position limits

    until there is sufficient access to swap position information regarding

    market participants’ swap positions.

    ii. Baseline

    The baselines for these changes are DCM Core Principle 5, SEF Core

    Principle 6, and Part 150.

    iii. Benefits and Costs

    Section 15(a) of the CEA requires the Commission to consider the

    costs and benefits of its discretionary actions with respect to rules

    and orders. Though guidance, the Commission is also considering the

    costs and benefits of changes to the proposed amendments to the

    appendices to parts 37, 38, and 150 of the Commission’s regulations. As

    discussed in Section IIA, the Commission appreciates that the proposed

    amendments to guidance will delay implementation of exchanges’

    obligation to monitor and enforce federal position limits for swaps. As

    a result, this delay will likely confer benefits and will likely reduce

    costs. For instance, exchanges and market participants will benefit

    from not investing in technology and personnel to assess position

    limits. Instead, both exchanges and market participants will be able to

    allocate such resources to other functions, like surveillance and

    product innovation, within the businesses. In terms of costs, the

    Commission believes that there might be a cost to the market associated

    with this delay because excessive positions cannot be monitored in

    real-time by exchanges.216

    —————————————————————————

    216 As stated in Section IIA, the Commission foresees various

    possibilities in remediating this current inability to monitor

    position limits in real-time in the future.

    —————————————————————————

    iv. Request for Comment

    RFC 33: The Commission requests comment on its consideration of the

    benefits and costs associated with the proposed amendments to guidance.

    Are there additional costs and benefits that the Commission should

    consider? Has the Commission misidentified any costs or benefits?

    Commenters are encouraged to include both quantitative and qualitative

    assessments of benefits as well as data, or other information of

    support for such assessments. Are there additional alternatives that

    the Commission has not identified? If so, please describe these

    additional alternatives and provide a discussion of the associated

    qualitative and quantitative costs and benefits.

    2. Section 150.1–Definitions

    a. Bona Fide Hedging Position

    i. Summary of Changes

    As discussed earlier, the Commission proposed in December 2013 a

    new definition of bona fide hedging position in proposed Sec. 150.1,

    to replace the current definition in Sec. 1.3(z). The December 2013

    position limits proposal proposed a general definition of bona fide

    hedging position that contained two requirements for a bona fide

    hedging position: An incidental test and an orderly trading

    requirement.217 The Commission is now proposing the following changes

    to proposed Sec. 150.1. First, the Commission is proposing to strike

    the opening paragraph to the definition of bona fide hedging position

    in proposed Sec. 150.1. By removing the opening paragraph, the

    Commission has eliminated the incidental test and orderly trading

    requirement from the general definition of bona fide hedging position.

    Second, the Commission is proposing to add sub-part 150.1(2)(i)(D)(2)

    to the definition of bona fide hedging position. The proposed addition

    reiterates the Commission’s authority to permit exchanges to recognize

    bona fide positions and those positions are subject to CEA section

    4a(c) standards as well as Commission review.

    —————————————————————————

    217 See December 2013 Position Limits Proposal at 75706-7.

    —————————————————————————

    ii. Baseline

    The baseline for this change is the definition for “bona fide

    hedging transactions and positions for excluded commodities,” set

    forth in current Sec. 1.3(z).218

    —————————————————————————

    218 17 CFR 1.3(z).

    —————————————————————————

    [[Page 38485]]

    iii. Benefits and Costs

    In the December 2013 position limits proposal, the Commission

    discussed the benefits and costs associated with the proposed

    amendments to the definition of bona fide hedging position.219 In

    this proposal, the Commission proposes changes that were not discussed

    in the December 2013 position limits proposal. The changes to the

    definition of bona fide hedging position discussed herein provide

    substantive benefits and costs.

    —————————————————————————

    219 December 2013 position limits proposal at 75761-64.

    —————————————————————————

    In terms of benefits, the Commission has made the definition of

    bona fide hedging position conform more closely to the CEA’s statutory

    language by eliminating the incidental test. As explained in Section

    IIB3(ii), the Commission considers the incidental test superfluous

    because the idea of commercial cash market activities is covered in the

    economically appropriate test. Therefore, by discarding the incidental

    test, market participants benefit from greater regulatory certainty and

    less redundancy.

    By deleting the orderly trading requirement from the definition of

    bona fide hedging position, the Commission seeks to eliminate a source

    of potential confusion for exchanges and market participants. The

    Commission sets forth a definition that is consistent with the CEA.

    More directly, CEA 4c(a)(5) separately states that intentional or

    reckless disregard for orderly trading execution is unlawful. Thus,

    market participants benefit from having a definition that lessens or

    eliminates the confusion between having two different standards, that

    is, an orderly-trading requirement and an intentional or reckless

    disregard standard.

    The addition of proposed sub-part 150.1(2)(i)(D)(2) to the

    definition of bona fide hedging position represents a non-substantive

    modification. The actual benefits and costs associated with this

    proposed sub-part arise from recognitions under proposed Sec.

    150.9(a).

    iv. Request for Comment

    RFC 34: The Commission requests comment on its consideration of the

    benefits and costs associated with the proposed revisions to the

    definition of “bona fide hedging position.” Are there additional

    costs and benefits that the Commission should consider? Has the

    Commission misidentified any costs or benefits? Commenters are

    encouraged to include both quantitative and qualitative assessments of

    benefits as well as data and other information of support for such

    assessments.

    RFC 35: Futures contracts function to hedge price risk because they

    lock-in prices and quantities at designated points in time. Futures

    contracts, thereby, create price certainty for market

    participants.220 Thus, the Commission believes that bona fide hedging

    positions need to ultimately result in hedging against some form of

    price risk as discussed in Section IIB3(i), above. Is the Commission

    reasonable in concluding that by eliminating the incidental test market

    participants will benefit from regulatory certainty and reduced

    compliance costs because they need only focus on price risk or other

    risks that can be transformed into price risk?

    —————————————————————————

    220 Futures contracts and futures equivalents are tools by

    which market participants can lock-in price risk. They are limited

    in that regard. Other derivatives contracts, however, enable market

    participants to hedge other types of risk, beyond price risks,

    because contract terms and conditions can be tailored to the

    specific risks.

    —————————————————————————

    RFC 36: It is challenging to interpret the orderly-trading

    requirement in the context of the over-the-counter swaps market and

    permitted off-exchange transactions as discussed in Section IIB3(ii),

    above. Given this challenge, is it reasonable for the Commission to

    conclude that by eliminating the orderly-trading requirement, market

    participants benefit from avoiding the compliances costs of an unclear

    requirement?

    RFC 37: The Commission recognizes that there exist alternatives to

    the proposed definition of “bona fide hedging position.” These

    alternatives include: (i) Maintaining the status quo in current Sec.

    1.3(z), or (ii) pursuing the changes in the December 2013 position

    limits proposal.221 Are there additional alternatives that the

    Commission has not identified? If so, please describe these additional

    alternatives and provide a discussion of the associated qualitative and

    quantitative costs and benefits.

    —————————————————————————

    221 The costs and benefits of these alternatives were

    discussed in the December 2013 position limits proposal at 75761-64.

    —————————————————————————

    b. Futures Equivalent

    i. Summary of Changes

    In the December 2013 position limits proposal, the Commission

    proposed to expand the definition of “futures-equivalent” from the

    narrow scope of an option contract. The term “futures-equivalent,” as

    proposed in the December 2013 position limits proposal, would include

    certain options contracts and swaps, converted to economically

    equivalent amounts. The Commission now proposes two further revisions

    to the definition of “futures-equivalent.” First, the Commission

    proposes to clarify that the term “futures-equivalent” includes a

    futures contract which has been converted to an economically equivalent

    amount of an open position in a core referenced futures contract.

    Second, the Commission proposes to clarify that, for purposes of

    calculating futures equivalents, an option contract must also be

    converted into an economically-equivalent amount of an open position in

    a core referenced futures contract.

    ii. Baseline

    The baseline for this change to the definition of “futures

    equivalent” is the current Sec. 150.1(f) definition of “futures-

    equivalent”.

    iii. Benefits and Costs

    As explained in the December 2013 position limits proposal, the

    Commission’s view is that non-substantive changes to the definitional

    provisions of Sec. 150.1 do not have any benefit or cost implications.

    With the exception of the term “bona fide hedging position,” any

    benefits or costs attributable to substantive definitional changes and

    additions to Sec. 150.1 as proposed in the December 2013 position

    limits proposal were considered in the discussion of the rule in which

    such new or amended term was proposed to be operational.222

    —————————————————————————

    222 December 2013 position limits proposal at 75761.

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission also explained in 2013 that the definition of

    “futures-equivalent” in current Sec. 150.1(f) was too narrow in

    light of the Dodd-Frank Act amendments to CEA section 4a. To conform to

    the statutory changes and to fit within the broader position limits

    regime, the Commission proposed a more descriptive definition of

    “futures-equivalent” in the December 2013 position limits proposal.

    Upon further review, the Commission is now proposing to add more

    explanatory text to the “futures-equivalent” definition so that it

    comports better with the statutory changes. The proposed revisions

    reflect more clearly the Commission’s intent as discussed in the

    December 2013 position limits proposal. Thus, the Commission believes

    that there are no cost or benefit implications to these further

    clarifications.

    iv. Request for Comment

    RFC 38: Are there any benefits or costs associated with the

    proposed revisions to the definition of “futures equivalent”? If yes,

    commenters are encouraged to include both quantitative and qualitative

    assessments of these

    [[Page 38486]]

    costs and benefits, as well as data or other information to support

    such assessments.

    RFC 39: The Commission recognizes that one possible alternative to

    the clarifications made to the “futures-equivalent” definition is to

    retain the definition of “futures-equivalent” as proposed in the

    December 2013 position limits proposal. Additional alternatives may

    exist as well. The Commission requests comment on whether an

    alternative to what is proposed would result in a superior cost-benefit

    profile, with support for any such position provided.

    c. Intermarket Spread Position and Intramarket Spread Position

    i. Summary of Changes

    Current part 150 does not contain definitions for the terms

    “intermarket spread position” or “intramarket spread position.” In

    the December 2013 position limits proposal, the Commission proposed

    definitions for both terms. The Commission now proposes to expand the

    scope of these two definitions. The expanded definitions would now

    include positions in multiple commodity derivative contracts so that

    market participants can establish an intermarket spread position or an

    intramarket spread position that would be taken into account under the

    proposed position limits regime and exemption processes. The expanded

    definitions also would cover spread positions established by taking

    positions in derivative contracts in the same commodity, in similar

    commodities, or in the products or by-products of the same or similar

    commodities.

    ii. Baseline

    Current Sec. 150.1 does not include definitions for the terms

    “intermarket spread position” and “intramarket spread position.”

    Therefore, the baseline is a market where “intermarket” and

    “intramarket” spread positions are not explicitly exempted from

    federal position limits.

    iii. Benefits and Costs

    The proposed changes to “intermarket spread position” and

    “intermarket spread positions” broaden the scope of the two terms in

    comparison to the definitions proposed in the December 2013 position

    limits proposal. In the Commission’s view, the proposed changes are

    only operative in proposed Sec. Sec. 150.3, 150.5 and 150.10, which

    address exemptions from position limits for certain spread positions.

    The two definitions operate in conjunction with proposed Sec. 150.10,

    which sets forth a proposed process for exchanges to administer spread

    exemptions, because the proposed definitions and proposed Sec. 150.10,

    together, will enable market participants to obtain relief from

    position limits for these types of spreads, among others.

    iv. Request for Comment

    RFC 40: Are there benefits or costs associated with the definitions

    of “intermarket spread position” and “intramarket spread position”?

    If yes, commenters are specifically encouraged to include both

    quantitative and qualitative assessments of these costs and benefits,

    as well as data or other information to support such assessments.

    RFC 41: The Commission recognizes that one possible alternative to

    the proposed definitions of “intermarket spread position” and

    “intramarket spread position” is to retain the definitions proposed

    in the December 2013 position limits proposal. Additional alternatives

    may exist as well. The Commission requests comment on whether an

    alternative to what is proposed would result in a superior cost-benefit

    profile, with support for any such alternative provided.

    3. Section 150.3–Exemptions

    a. Rule Summary

    CEA Section 4a(a)(7) authorizes the Commission to exempt,

    conditionally or unconditionally, any person, swap, futures contract,

    or option–as well as any class of the same–from the position limits

    requirements that the Commission establishes. In the December 2013

    position limits proposal, the Commission proposed revisions to current

    Sec. 150.3(a) 223 The 2013 revisions would have provided for

    Commission recognition of enumerated bona fide hedge positions, and

    provided guidance about seeking relief from the Commission for non-

    enumerated positions, but would not have exempted any spread positions

    from federal limits. In this supplemental proposal, the Commission is

    proposing in Sec. 150.3(a)(1) that commodity derivative positions

    recognized by exchanges as NEBFHs under proposed Sec. 150.9 or

    enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge positions under proposed Sec.

    150.11, and certain exempt spread positions under Sec. 150.10, may

    exceed federal position limits established under Sec. 150.2 as

    proposed in the December 2013 position limits proposal. Proposed Sec.

    150.3(a)(1) should not be read alone but in conjunction with proposed

    Sec. Sec. 150.9, 150.10, and 150.11.

    —————————————————————————

    223 See 17 CFR 150.3 (list of exemptions that may exceed

    position limits set forth in Sec. 150.2).

    —————————————————————————

    As discussed above in more detail, the Commission has proposed to

    delay the requirement that exchanges set position limits on swaps

    because, among other reasons, of the impracticability of exchanges

    being able to enforce swap position limits. As a result, the Commission

    believes that it would be unlikely that exchanges would establish

    exchange-set limits and, thus, market participants would not have a

    need for exemptions to exchange-set limits for swaps.

    b. Baseline

    The baseline is the same as it was in the December 2013 position

    limits proposal: Current Sec. 150.3 of the Commission’s regulations.

    c. Benefits and Costs

    The costs and benefits associated with the changes to proposed

    Sec. 150.3 will be considered in the sections that discuss proposed

    Sec. Sec. 150.9, 150.10, and 150.11.

    4. Section 150.5–Exemptions From Exchange-Set Limits

    a. Rule Summary

    In the December 2013 position limits proposal, the Commission

    proposed to replace current Sec. 150.5(a), which provides guidance to

    exchanges for exchange-set limits. For any commodity derivative

    contracts subject to federal position limits, Sec. 150.5(a)(2) as

    proposed in the December 2013 position limits proposal, would have

    established requirements under which exchanges could recognize

    exemptions from exchange-set position limits, including hedge

    exemptions and spread exemptions. Because the Commission is now

    proposing to permit exchanges to recognize NEBFH positions under

    proposed Sec. 150.9, to grant spread exemptions from federal limits

    under proposed Sec. 150.10, and to recognize certain enumerated

    anticipatory bona fide hedge positions under proposed Sec. 150.11, the

    Commission proposes related changes to Sec. 150.5(a)(2). For commodity

    derivative contracts not subject to federal position limits, the

    Commission now proposes to revise Sec. 150.5(b)(5), as proposed in the

    December 2013 position limits proposal, to permit exchanges to

    recognize NEBFHs, as well as spreads. The Commission notes that it is

    no longer proposing to prohibit recognizing spreads during the spot

    month, although such exemptions would not have been permitted under

    Sec. Sec. 150.5(a)(2) or (b)(5), as proposed in the December 2013

    position limits proposal.

    [[Page 38487]]

    b. Baseline

    The baseline is the same as it was in the December 2013 position

    limits proposal: The current reasonable discretion afforded to

    exchanges to exempt market participant from their exchange-set position

    limits.

    c. Benefits and Costs

    The costs and benefits associated with the changes to proposed

    Sec. 150.5 will be discussed in the sections that discuss proposed

    Sec. Sec. 150.9, 150.10, and 150.11.

    5. Section 150.9–Exchange Recognition of NEBFHs

    In response to comments to the December 2013 position limits

    proposal, the Commission now proposes to permit exchanges to elect to

    administer a process to recognize certain commodity derivative

    positions as NEBFHs under proposed Sec. 150.9. Subject to certain

    conditions set forth in proposed Sec. 150.3(a)(1), positions

    recognized as NEBFHs by exchanges pursuant to the proposed Sec. 150.9

    application process would be exempt from federal position limits.

    Proposed Sec. 150.9 works in concert with the following three proposed

    rules:

    Proposed Sec. 150.3(a)(1)(i), with the effect that

    recognized NEBFH positions may exceed federal position limits;

    proposed Sec. 150.5(a)(2), with the effect that

    recognized NEBFH positions may exceed exchange-set position limits for

    contracts subject to federal position limits; and

    proposed Sec. 150.5(b)(5), with the effect that

    recognized NEBFH positions may exceed exchange-set position limits for

    contracts not subject to federal position limits.

    a. Rule Summary

    The proposed NEBFH process has six sub-parts: (a) Through (f). The

    first three sub-parts–Sec. 150.9(a), (b), and (c)–require exchanges

    that elect to have an NEBFH process and market participants that seek

    relief under the NEBFH process to carry out certain duties and

    obligations. The latter three sub-parts–Sec. 150.9(d), (e), and (f)–

    delineate the Commission’s role and obligations in reviewing NEBFH

    recognition requests.

    i. Sec. 150.9(a)–Exchange-Administered NEBFH Application Process

    In sub-part (a) of proposed Sec. 150.9, the Commission identifies

    the process and information required for an exchange to assess whether

    it should grant a market participant’s request that its derivative

    position(s) be recognized as an NEBFH. As an initial step under

    proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(1), exchanges that voluntarily elect to process

    NEBFH applications are required to notify the Commission of their

    intention to do so by filing new rules or rule amendments with the

    Commission under part 40 of the Commission’s regulations. In proposed

    Sec. 150.9(a)(2), the Commission offers guidelines for exchanges to

    establish adaptable application processes by permitting different

    processes for “novel” versus “substantially similar” applications

    for NEBFH recognitions. Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(3) describes in general

    terms the type of information that exchanges should collect from

    applicants. Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(4) obliges applicants and exchanges

    to act timely in their submissions and notifications, respectively, and

    that exchanges retain revocation authority. Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(5)

    provides that the position will be deemed recognized as an NEBFH when

    an exchange recognizes it. Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(6) instructs

    exchanges to have rules requiring applicants that receive NEBFH

    recognitions to report those positions and offsetting cash positions.

    Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(7) requires an exchange to publish on their Web

    site descriptions of unique types of derivative positions recognized as

    NEBFHs based on novel facts and circumstances.

    ii. Sec. 150.9(b)–NEBFH Recordkeeping Requirements

    Under proposed Sec. 150.9(b), exchanges would be required to

    maintain complete books and records of all activities relating to the

    processing and disposition of NEBFH applications. As explained in

    proposed Sec. 150.9(b)(1) through (b)(2), the Commission instructs

    exchanges to retain applicant-submission materials, exchange notes, and

    determination documents. Moreover, consistent with current Sec. 1.31,

    the Commission expects that these records would be readily accessible

    until the termination, maturity, or expiration date of the bona fide

    hedge recognition and during the first two years of the subsequent,

    five-year retention period.

    iii. Sec. 150.9(c)–NEBFH Reporting Requirements

    The Commission proposes weekly and monthly reporting obligations by

    exchanges for positions recognized as NEBFHs. Both reports also will be

    subject to the Commission’s proposed formatting requirements as

    explained in proposed Sec. 150.9(c)(3). In addition to submitting

    reports to the Commission, proposed Sec. 150.9(c)(1)(ii) provides that

    exchanges post NEBFH summaries on their Web sites.

    iv. Sec. 150.9(d) and (e)–Commission Review

    The Commission proposes that under certain circumstances market

    participants and exchanges must respond to Commission requests.

    b. Baseline

    For the NEBFH process, the baseline for NEBFH subject to federal

    position limits is current Sec. 1.47. For NEBFH exemptions to

    exchange-set position limits, the baseline is the current exchange

    regulations and practices as well as the Commission’s guidance to

    exchanges in current Sec. 150.5(d), which provides, generally, that an

    exchange may recognize bona fide hedging positions in accordance with

    the general definition of bona fide hedging position in current Sec.

    1.3(z)(1).

    c. Benefits

    The Commission recognizes that there are positions that reduce

    price risks incidental to commercial operations. For that reason, among

    others, such positions that are considered to be bona fide hedging

    positions under CEA Section 4a(c) are not subject to position limits.

    Market participants have several options regarding bona fide hedging

    positions. A market participant could conclude that a commodity

    derivative position comports with the definition of bona fide hedging

    position under Sec. 150.1, as proposed in the December 2013 position

    limits proposal. Also as discussed in the December 2013 position limits

    proposal, market participants may request a staff interpretive letter

    under Sec. 140.99 or seek exemptive relief under CEA section 4(a)(7).

    The Commission proposes in this supplemental proposal another option

    for participants to hold commodity derivative positions that exceed

    speculative limits: They may file an application with an exchange for

    recognition of an NEBFH under proposed Sec. 150.9.

    While all of the aforementioned options are viable, proposed Sec.

    150.9 in this supplemental proposal outlines a framework similar to

    existing exchange practices that recognize non-enumerated bona fide

    hedge exemptions to exchange-set limits. These practices are familiar

    to many market participants. As a consequence, there are sizeable

    benefits to the proposed Sec. 150.9 process that are not easily

    quantifiable. The benefits are heavily dependent on the individual

    characteristics of the applicant, its use of commodity derivatives, its

    commercial needs, and market idiosyncrasies. Because of these varying

    characteristics, a qualitative

    [[Page 38488]]

    discussion is more appropriate, and therefore, discussed herein.

    Under proposed Sec. 150.9, the Commission will be able to leverage

    exchanges’ existing practices and expertise in administering

    exemptions. Thus, proposed Sec. 150.9 should reduce the need to invent

    new procedures to recognize NEBFHs. For example, many exchanges already

    evaluate hedging strategies in connection with setting and enforcing

    exchange-set position limits; thus, many exchanges should be able

    readily to identify bona fide hedges.224 Exchanges also may be

    familiar with the applicant-market participant’s needs and practices so

    there would be an advanced understanding for why certain trading

    strategies are pursued. Furthermore, by having the availability of the

    exchange’s analysis and a macro-view of the markets, which includes the

    Commission’s access to regulatory swap data, the Commission would

    likely be better informed should it become necessary for the Commission

    to review a determination under proposed Sec. 150.9(d), and determine

    whether a commodity derivative position should be recognized as an

    NEBFH. This may benefit market participants, in the form of

    administrative efficiency, because the Commission would be able to

    initiate its review based on materials already submitted by the

    applicant under proposed Sec. 150.9, as well as the analysis by the

    exchanges.

    —————————————————————————

    224 See note 108 (for text of 17 CFR 1.47 and discussion). For

    a discussion on the history of exemptions, see December 2013

    position limits proposal at 75703-06.

    —————————————————————————

    For applicants seeking recognition of an NEBFH, proposed Sec.

    150.9 should reduce duplicative efforts because applicants would be

    saved the expense of applying to both an exchange for relief from

    exchange-set position limits and to the Commission for relief from

    federal limits. Because many exchanges already possess similar

    application processes and market participants are probably somewhat

    accustomed to the exchanges’ existing application processes,

    administrative certainty should be increased in the form of reduced

    application-production time by market participants and reduced response

    time by exchanges.

    Another probable benefit of proposed Sec. 150.9 is the creation

    and retention of records that may be used as reference material in the

    future for similar bona fide hedge recognition requests either by

    relevant exchanges or the Commission. Over time, retained records will

    help the Commission to ensure that an exchange’s determinations are

    internally consistent and consistent with the Act and the Commission’s

    regulations thereunder. There is also the additional benefit that

    records would be accessible if they are needed for a potential

    enforcement action.

    An exchange’s submission of reports under proposed Sec. 150.9(c)

    would provide the Commission with notice that an applicant has taken a

    commodity derivative position that the exchange has recognized as an

    NEBFH, and also would show the applicant’s offsetting positions in the

    cash markets. This is beneficial to the public because such reports

    would support the Commission’s surveillance program. Reports would

    facilitate the tracking of NEBFHs recognized by the exchanges, and

    would assist the Commission in ensuring that a market participant’s

    activities conform to the exchange’s terms of recognition and to the

    Act. The web-posting of summaries also would benefit market

    participants in general by providing transparency and open access to

    the NEBFH recognition process. In addition, reporting and posting gives

    market participants seeking recognition of an NEBFH an understanding of

    the types of commodity derivative positions an exchange may recognize

    as an NEBFH, thereby providing greater administrative and legal

    certainty.

    d. Costs

    To a large extent, exchanges and market participants have incurred

    already many of the compliance costs associated with proposed Sec.

    150.9 because most, if not all, exchanges currently administer similar

    processes for recognizing NEBFHs. Nevertheless, the Commission has

    detailed a number of the readily-quantifiable costs for exchanges and

    market participants associated with processing NEBFH recognitions under

    proposed Sec. 150.9 in Tables A1 to G1, below. The Commission

    estimates that six entities would elect to process NEBFH applications

    and file new rules or rule amendments pursuant to part 40 of the

    Commission’s regulations. Even though the number of applicants and

    associated applications will likely vary based on the referenced

    contract, the Commission forecasts the number of applicants based on

    the Commission’s past experience. The costs are broken down in the

    tables below. In short, most of the quantified costs are related to the

    time, effort, and materials that will be spent on producing,

    processing, reviewing, granting, and retaining applications for NEBFH

    recognitions.

    There are, however, other costs that are not easily quantified.

    These are qualitative costs that are related to the specific attributes

    and needs of individual market participants that are hedging. Given

    that qualitative costs are highly-specific, the Commission believes

    that market participants would choose to incur Sec. 150.9-related

    costs only if doing so is less costly than complying with position

    limits and not executing the desired hedge position. Thus, by providing

    market participants with an option to apply for relief from speculative

    position limits under proposed Sec. 150.9, the Commission believes it

    is offering market participants a way to ease overall compliance costs

    because it is reasonable to assume that entities would seek recognition

    of NEBFHs only if the outcome of doing so justifies the costs. The

    Commission also believes that market participants would consider how

    the costs of applying for recognition of an NEBFH under proposed Sec.

    150.9 would compare to the costs of requesting a staff interpretive

    letter under Sec. 140.99, or seeking exemptive relief under CEA

    section 4a(a)(7). Likewise, exchanges must consider qualitative costs

    in their decision to create an NEBFH application process or revise an

    existing program.

    The Commission acknowledges that there may also be other costs to

    market participants if the Commission disagrees with an exchange’s

    decision to recognize an NEBFH under proposed Sec. 150.9 or under an

    independent Commission request or review under proposed Sec. 150.9(d)

    or (e). These costs would include time and effort spent by market

    participants associated with a Commission review. In addition, market

    participants would lose amounts that the Commission can neither predict

    nor quantify if it became necessary to unwind trades or reduce

    positions were the Commission to conclude that an exchange’s

    disposition of an NEBFH application is inconsistent with section 4a(c)

    of the Act and the general definition of bona fide hedging position in

    Sec. 150.

    The Commission recognizes that costs may result if the Commission

    disagrees with an exchange’s disposition of an NEBFH application under

    proposed Sec. 150.9, the Commission, however, believes such situations

    would be limited based on the history of exchanges approving similar

    applications for exemptions to exchange-set limits. Exchanges have

    strong incentives to protect market participants from the harms that

    position limits are intended to prevent, such as manipulation, corners,

    and squeezes. In addition, an exchange that recognizes a market

    participant’s NEBFH that enables the participant to exceed position

    limits must then deter

    [[Page 38489]]

    the same market participant from trading in a manner that causes

    adverse price impacts on the market. For example, this might mean that

    as part of recognizing a NEBFH, the exchange directs the market

    participant to execute no more than ten contracts per day over a five-

    day period rather than executing 50 contracts in one trading day. This

    approach may be necessary for the exchange to ensure sufficient market

    liquidity because the exchange believes that the particular contract

    market cannot absorb the execution of 50 contracts by one market

    participant in one day without an inordinately large price impact. If

    the exchange fails to deter (or instruct), other market participants

    will likely face greater costs in the form of transactions fees and

    other trading-implementation costs, which includes foregone trading

    opportunities because market prices moved against the trader and

    prevented the trader from executing at the desired prices. In other

    words, the exchange’s mismanagement of the market participant that took

    advantage of the NEBFH would cause the other market participants’ costs

    to implement trades to increase. Such an outcome would likely discredit

    the exchange and the proposed Sec. 150.9 program, as well as reduce

    the exchange’s overall trading commissions. The Commission believes

    that the exchanges have little incentive to engage in such behavior

    because of reputational risk and economic incentives.

    i. Costs To Create or Amend Exchange Rules for NEBFH Application

    Programs

    The Commission believes that exchanges electing to process NEBFH

    applications under proposed Sec. 150.9(a) are likely to already

    administer similar processes and would need to file with the Commission

    amendments to existing exchange rules rather than create new rules. The

    exchanges would only have to file amendments once. As discussed in the

    Paperwork Reduction Act discussion below, the Commission forecasts an

    average annual filing cost of $610 per exchange that files new rules or

    modifications per proposed process that an exchange adopts.

    Table A1

    —————————————————————————————————————-

    Total average Total average

    Proposed regulation/file or amend rules Total average labor costs per annual cost per

    labor hours hour exchange

    —————————————————————————————————————-

    Sec. 150.9(a)(1)………………………………….. 5 $122 $610

    [5 x $122]

    —————————————————————————————————————-

    ii. Costs To Review Applications Under Proposed Processes

    An exchange that elects to process applications also will incur

    costs related to the review and disposition of such applications

    pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.9(a). For example, exchanges will need

    to expend resources on reviewing and analyzing the facts and

    circumstances of each application to determine whether the application

    meets the standards established by the Commission. Exchanges also will

    need to expend effort in notifying applicants of the exchanges’

    disposition of recognition or exemption requests. The Commission

    believes that exchanges electing to process NEBFH applications under

    proposed Sec. 150.9(a) are likely to have processes for the review and

    disposition of such applications currently in place. As such, an

    e3.xchange’s cost to comply with the proposed rules are likely to be

    incrementally less costly than having to create process from inception

    because the exchange would already have staff, policies, and procedures

    established to accomplish its duties under the proposed rules. Thus,

    the Commission has forecast that the average annual cost for each

    exchange to process applications for NEBFH recognitions is $122,850.

    Table B1

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Average total

    Total average Total average hours for total Total average Total average

    Proposed regulation/review applications applications labor hours per applications labor costs per annual cost per

    processed per application reviewed per hour exchange

    exchange exchange

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Sec. 150.9(a)(2)…………………………………………. 185 5 925 $122 $112,850

    [185 x 5] [$122 x 925]

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    iii. Costs To Post Summaries for NEBFH Recognitions

    Exchanges that elect to process the applications under proposed

    Sec. 150.9 will incur costs to publish on their Web sites summaries of

    the unique types of NEBFH positions. The Commission has estimated an

    average annual cost of $18,300 for the web-posting of NEBFH summaries.

    [[Page 38490]]

    Table C1

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Average total

    Total average Total average hours for total Total average Total average

    Proposed regulation/web-posting summaries per labor hours per applications labor costs per annual cost per

    exchange application reviewed per hour exchange

    exchange

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Sec. 150.9(a)……………………………………………. 30 5 150 $122 18,300

    [30 x 5] [150 x $122]

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    iv. Costs To Market Participants Who Would Seek NEBFH Relief From

    Position Limits

    Under proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(3), market participants must submit

    applications that provide sufficient information to allow the exchanges

    to determine, and the Commission to verify, whether it is appropriate

    to recognize such position as an NEBFH. These applications would be

    updated annually. Proposed Sec. 150.9(a)(6) would require applicants

    to file a report with the exchanges when an applicant owns, holds, or

    controls a derivative position that has been recognized as an NEBFH.

    The Commission estimates that each market participant seeking relief

    from position limits under proposed Sec. 150.9 would likely incur

    approximately $2,440 annually in application costs.225

    —————————————————————————

    225 Assuming that exchanges administer exemptions to exchange-

    set limits, these costs are incrementally higher.

    Table D1

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Average total

    Number of Total average Total average hours for each Total average Total average

    Proposed regulation/market participants seeking market applications labor hours per application labor costs per annual cost per

    relief from position limits participants per market application filed per hour market

    participant exchange participant

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Sec. 150.9(a)(3), (6)……………………… 222 5 4 20 $122 $2,440

    [4 x 5] [20 x $122]

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    v. Costs for NEBFH Recordkeeping

    The Commission believes that exchanges that currently process

    applications for spread exemptions and bona fide hedging positions

    maintain records of such applications as required pursuant to other

    Commission regulations, including Sec. 1.31. The Commission, however,

    also believes that the proposed rules may confer additional

    recordkeeping obligations on exchanges that elect to process

    applications for NEBFHs. The Commission estimates that each exchange

    electing to administer the proposed NEBFH process would likely incur

    approximately $3,660 annually to retain records for each proposed

    process.

    Table E1

    —————————————————————————————————————-

    Total average

    Total average Total average annual

    Proposed regulation/recordkeeping Number of DCMs labor hours for labor costs per recordkeeping

    recordkeeping hour cost per

    exchange

    —————————————————————————————————————-

    Sec. 150.9(b)……………………….. 6 30 $122 $3,660

    [30 x $122]

    —————————————————————————————————————-

    vi. Costs for Weekly and Monthly NEBFH Reporting to the Commission

    The Commission anticipates that exchanges that elect to process

    NEBFH applications will be required to file two types of reports. The

    Commission is aware that five exchanges currently submit reports each

    month, on a voluntary basis, which provide information regarding

    exchange-processed exemptions of all types. The Commission believes

    that the content of such reports is similar to the information required

    of the reports in proposed rule Sec. 150.9(c), but the frequency of

    such required reports would increase under the proposed rule. The

    Commission estimates an average cost of approximately $19,032 per

    exchange for weekly reports under proposed Sec. 150.9(c).

    [[Page 38491]]

    Table F1

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Total average

    Estimated Estimated Average reports Total average annual

    Proposed regulation/weekly reporting number of DCMs number of hours annually by labor costs per reporting cost

    per response each exchange hour per exchange

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Sec. 150.9(c)……………………………………………. 6 3 52 $122 $19,032

    [3 x 52 x $122]

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    For the monthly report, the Commission anticipates a minor cost for

    exchanges because the proposed rules would require exchanges

    essentially to forward to the Commission notices received from

    applicants who own, hold, or control the positions that have been

    recognized or exempted. The Commission estimates an average cost of

    approximately $2,928 per exchange for monthly reports under proposed

    Sec. 150.9(c).

    Table G1

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Total average

    Estimated Average Total average annual

    Proposed regulation/monthly reporting Estimated number of hours reports labor costs per reporting

    number of DCMs per response annually by hour average cost

    each exchange per exchange

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Sec. 150.9(c)……………………………………………. 6 2 12 $122 $2,928

    [2 x 12 x $122]

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    vii. Costs Related to Subsequent Monitoring

    Exchanges would have additional surveillance costs and duties with

    respect to NEBFH that the Commission believes would be integrated with

    their existing self-regulatory organization surveillance activities as

    an exchange.

    e. Request for Comment

    RFC 42. The Commission requests comment on its considerations of

    the benefits of proposed Sec. 150.9. Are there additional benefits

    that the Commission should consider? Has the Commission misidentified

    any benefits? Commenters are encouraged to include both quantitative

    and qualitative assessments of these benefits, as well as data or other

    information to support such assessments.

    RFC 43. The Commission requests comment on its considerations of

    the costs of proposed Sec. 150.9. Are there additional costs that the

    Commission should consider? Has the Commission misidentified any costs?

    What other relevant cost information or data, including alternative

    cost estimates, should the Commission consider and why? Commenters are

    encouraged to include both quantitative and qualitative assessments of

    these benefits, as well as data or other information to support such

    assessments.

    RFC 44. The Commission requests comment on whether a Commission

    administered process promotes more consistent and efficient decision-

    making. Commenters are encouraged to include both quantitative and

    qualitative assessments, as well as data or other information to

    support such assessments.

    RFC 45. The Commission recognizes there exist alternatives to

    proposed Sec. 150.9. These include such alternatives as: (1) Not

    permitting exchanges to administer any process to recognize NEBFHs; or

    (2) maintaining the status quo. The Commission requests comment on

    whether an alternative to what is proposed would result in a superior

    cost-benefit profile, with support for any such position provided.

    RFC 46. The Commission requests comment on whether the options for

    recognizing NEBFHs outlined in the December 2013 position limits

    proposal are superior from a cost-benefit perspective to proposed Sec.

    150.9.226 If yes, please explain why.

    —————————————————————————

    226 78 FR at 75711-73.

    —————————————————————————

    6. Section 150.10–Spread Exemptions

    As discussed in Section IID above, the Commission has the authority

    under CEA section 4a(a)(1) to exempt certain spreads from position

    limits. Before the Dodd-Frank Act, the Commission exempted certain

    spreads from position limits under current Sec. 150.3. In the December

    2013 position limits proposal, the Commission proposed changing current

    Sec. 150.3 to eliminate exemptions for spreads outside the spot month,

    and placed limitations on inter- and intramarket spreads.227 After

    reviewing comments, the Commission has refined its spread exemption

    proposal to permit spread exemptions from federal position limits, and,

    combined with changes to the definitions of “intermarket spread

    position” and “intramarket spread position,” authorized such spreads

    to exceed position limits during spot and non-spot months.

    —————————————————————————

    227 For cost-benefit discussion on spread exemptions, see

    December 2013 position limits proposal at 75774-76.

    —————————————————————————

    a. Rule Summary

    The Commission proposes to authorize exchanges to exempt spread

    positions from federal position limits. The proposed Sec. 150.10

    process lists four types of spreads as defined and proposed in Sec.

    150.1 of the December 2013 positions limits proposal and modified in

    this supplemental proposal. Proposed Sec. 150.10 works in concert with

    the following three proposed rules:

    Proposed Sec. 150.3(a)(1)(iv), with the effect that

    exempt spread positions may exceed federal position limits;

    proposed Sec. 150.5(a)(2), with the effect that exempt

    spread positions may exceed exchange-set position limits for contracts

    subject to federal position limits; and

    proposed Sec. 150.5(b)(5)(ii)(C), with the effect that

    exempt spread positions may exceed exchange-set position limits for

    contracts not subject to federal position limits.

    [[Page 38492]]

    The proposed Sec. 150.10 process is analogous to the application

    process for recognition of NEBFHs under proposed Sec. 150.9. The

    proposed spread exemption process has six sub-parts: (a) Through (f).

    The first three sub-parts–Sec. 150.10(a), (b), and (c)–require

    exchanges that elect to have a spread exemption process, and market

    participants that seek relief under the spread exemption process, to

    carry out certain duties and obligations. The latter four sub-parts–

    Sec. 150.10(d), (e), and (f)–delineate the Commission’s role and

    obligations in reviewing requests for spread exemptions.

    i. Section 150.10(a)–Exchange-Administered Spread Exemption

    In sub-part (a) of proposed Sec. 150.10, the Commission identifies

    the process and information required for an exchange to grant a market

    participant’s request that its derivative position(s) be recognized as

    an exempt spread position. As an initial step under proposed Sec.

    150.10(a)(1), exchanges that voluntarily elect to process spread

    exemption applications are required to notify the Commission of their

    intention to do so by filing new rules or rule amendments with the

    Commission under part 40 of the Commission’s regulations. In proposed

    Sec. 150.10(a)(2), the Commission identifies four types of spreads

    that an exchange may approve. Proposed Sec. 150.10(a)(3) describes in

    general terms the type of information that exchanges should collect

    from applicants. Proposed Sec. 150.10(a)(4) obliges applicants and

    exchanges to act timely in their submissions and notifications,

    respectively, and require exchanges to retain revocation authority.

    Proposed Sec. 150.10(a)(6) instructs exchanges to have rules requiring

    applicants who receive spread exemptions to report those positions,

    including each component of the spread. Proposed Sec. 150.10(a)(7)

    requires exchanges to publish on its Web site a summary describing the

    type of spread position and explaining why it was exempted.

    ii. Section 150.10(b)–Spread Exemption Recordkeeping Requirements

    Exchanges must maintain complete books and records of all

    activities relating to the processing and disposition of spread

    exemption applications under proposed Sec. 150.10(b). This is similar

    to the record retention obligations of exchanges for positions

    recognized as NEBFHs.

    iii. Section 150.10(c)–Spread Exemption Reporting Requirements

    Exchanges would have weekly and monthly reporting obligations for

    spread exemptions under proposed Sec. 150.10(c). This is similar to

    the reporting obligations of exchanges for positions recognized as

    NEBFHs.

    b. Baseline

    For the proposed spread exemption process for positions subject to

    federal limits, the baseline is CEA section 4a(a)(1). In that statutory

    section, the Commission is authorized to recognize certain spread

    positions. That statutory provision is currently implemented in a

    limited calendar-month spread exemption in Sec. 150.3(a)(3). For

    exchange-set position limits, the baseline for spreads is the guidance

    in current Sec. 150.5(a), which provides generally that exchanges may

    recognize exemptions for positions that are normally known to the trade

    as spreads.

    c. Benefits

    CEA section 4a(a)(1) authorizes the Commission to exempt certain

    spreads from speculative position limits. In exercising this authority,

    the Commission recognizes that spreads can have considerable benefits

    for market participants and markets. The Commission now proposes a

    spread exemption framework that utilizes existing exchanges-resources

    and exchanges-expertise so that fair access and liquidity are promoted

    at the same time market manipulations, squeezes, corners, and any other

    conduct that would disrupt markets are deterred and prevented. Building

    on existing exchange processes preserves the ability of the Commission

    and exchanges to monitor markets and trading strategies while reducing

    burdens on exchanges that will administer the process, and market

    participants, who will utilize the process.

    In addition to these benefits, there are other benefits related to

    proposed Sec. 150.10 that would inure to markets and market

    participant. Yet, there is difficulty in quantifying these benefits

    because benefits are dependent on the characteristics, such as

    operation size and needs, of the market participants that would seek

    spread exemptions, and the markets in which the participants trade.

    Accordingly, the Commission considers the qualitative benefits of

    proposed Sec. 150.10.

    For both exchanges and market participants, proposed Sec. 150.10

    would likely alleviate compliance burdens to the status quo. Exchanges

    would be able to build on established procedures and infrastructure. As

    stated earlier, many exchanges already have rules in place to process

    and grant applications for spread exemptions from exchange-set position

    limits pursuant to Part 38 of the Commission’s regulations (in

    particular, current Sec. 38.300 and Sec. 38.301) and current Sec.

    150.5. In addition, exchanges may be able to use the same staff and

    electronic resources that would be used for proposed Sec. 150.9 and

    Sec. 150.11. Market participants also may benefit from spread-

    exemption reviews by exchanges that are familiar with the commercial

    needs and practices of market participants seeking exemptions. Market

    participants also might gain legal and regulatory clarity and

    consistency that would help in developing trading strategies.

    Proposed Sec. 150.10 would authorize exchanges to approve spread

    exemptions that permit market participants to continue to enhance

    liquidity, rather than being restricted by a position limit. For

    example, by allowing speculators to execute intermarket and intramarket

    spreads in accordance with proposed Sec. 150.3(a)(1)(iv) and Sec.

    150.10, speculators would be able to hold a greater amount of open

    interest in underlying contract(s), and, therefore, bona fide hedgers

    may benefit from any increase in market liquidity. Spread exemptions

    might lead to better price continuity and price discovery if market

    participants who seek to provide liquidity (for example, through entry

    of resting orders for spread trades between different contracts)

    receive a spread exemption and, thus, would not otherwise be

    constrained by a position limit.

    Here are two examples of positions that could benefit from the

    spread exemption in proposed Sec. 150.10:

    Reverse crush spread in soybeans on the CBOT subject to an

    intermarket spread exemption. In the case where soybeans are processed

    into two different products, soybean meal and soybean oil, the crush

    spread is the difference between the combined value of the products and

    the value of soybeans. There are two actors in this scenario: The

    speculator and the soybean processor. The spread’s value approximates

    the profit margin from actually crushing (or mashing) soybeans into

    meal and oil. The soybean processor may want to lock in the spread

    value as part of its hedging strategy, establishing a long position in

    soybean futures and short positions in soybean oil futures and soybean

    meal futures, as substitutes for the processor’s expected cash market

    transactions (purchase of the anticipated inputs for

    [[Page 38493]]

    processing and sale of the anticipated products). On the other side of

    the processor’s crush spread, a speculator takes a short position in

    soybean futures against long positions in soybean meal futures and

    soybean oil futures. The soybean processor may be able to lock in a

    higher crush spread, because of liquidity provided by such a speculator

    who may need to rely upon a spread exemption. It is important to

    understand that the speculator is accepting basis risk represented by

    the crush spread, and the speculator is providing liquidity to the

    soybean processor. The crush spread positions may result in greater

    correlation between the futures prices of soybeans and those of soybean

    oil and soybean meal, which means that prices for all three products

    may move up or down together in a closer manner.

    Wheat spread subject to intermarket spread exemptions.

    There are two actors in this scenario: The speculator and the wheat

    farmer. In this example, a farmer growing hard wheat would like to

    reduce the price risk of her crop by shorting a MGEX wheat futures.

    There, however, may be no hedger, such as a mill, that is immediately

    available to trade at a desirable price for the farmer. There may be a

    speculator willing to offer liquidity to the hedger; the speculator may

    wish to reduce the risk of an outright long position in MGEX wheat

    futures through establishing a short position in CBOT wheat futures

    (soft wheat). Such a speculator, who otherwise would have been

    constrained by a position limit at MGEX or CBOT, may seek exemptions

    from MGEX and CBOT for an intermarket spread, that is, for a long

    position in MGEX wheat futures and a short position in CBOT wheat

    futures of the same maturity. As a result of the exchanges granting an

    intermarket spread exemption to such a speculator, who otherwise may be

    constrained by limits, the farmer might be able to transact at a higher

    price for hard wheat than might have existed absent the intermarket

    spread exemptions. Under this example, the speculator is accepting

    basis risk between hard wheat and soft wheat, reducing the risk of a

    position on one exchange by establishing a position on another

    exchange, and potentially providing liquidity to a hedger. Further,

    spread transactions may aid in price discovery regarding the relative

    protein content for each of the hard and soft wheat contracts.

    Finally, the Commission is no longer proposing to prohibit

    recognizing and exempting spreads during the spot and non-spot month as

    explained in the preamble. There may be considerable benefits that

    evolve from spreads exempted during the spot month, in particular.

    Besides enhancing the opportunity for market participants to use

    strategies involving spread trades into the spot month, this proposed

    relief may improve price discovery in the spot month for market

    participants. And, as in the intermarket wheat example above, the

    proposed spread relief in the spot month may better link prices between

    two markets, e.g., the price of MGEX wheat futures and the price of

    CBOT wheat futures. Put another way, the prices in two different but

    related markets for substitute goods may be more highly correlated,

    which benefits market participants with a price exposure to the

    underlying protein content in wheat generally, rather than that of a

    particular commodity.

    d. Costs

    Similar to proposed Sec. 150.9, exchanges and market participants

    may have made already many of the financial outlays for administering

    the application process and applying for spread exemptions,

    respectively. Because of that history, the Commission is able to

    quantify some of the costs that will arise from proposed Sec. 150.10

    in Tables A3 through E3, below. Like the costs for proposed Sec.

    150.9, the Commission estimates that six entities would elect to

    process spread-exemption applications and file new rules or rule

    amendments pursuant to part 40 of the Commission’s regulations, and the

    number of spread exemption applicants and applications will likely vary

    based on the referenced contract. Relying on its past experience, the

    Commission forecasts the number of applicants and breaks down the

    annual costs in the tables below. Most of the monetary costs are

    related to the time, effort, and materials spent for administering and

    retaining records for spread exemptions.

    Although the Commission is able to quantify some costs, other costs

    related to proposed Sec. 150.10 are not easily quantifiable. As

    previously stated, other costs are more dependent on individual markets

    and market participants seeking a spread exemption, and are more

    readily considered qualitatively. Because costs, quantitative or

    qualitative, can be particular, the Commission believes that market

    participants will determine whether costs associated with seeking a

    proposed Sec. 150.10 spread exemption are worth the benefits. If the

    costs are too high, then market participants may choose not to apply

    for a spread exemption and not to execute a spread transaction that

    would exceed position limits. For instance, speculators that execute

    exempted spreads would bear the risk of adverse price changes in the

    spread, but a speculator who does not receive an exemption may be

    unwilling to bear the higher risk of an outright position, if a

    position limit would restrict her ability to establish a risk reducing

    position in another contract. In general, the Commission believes that

    proposed Sec. 150.10 should provide exchanges and market participants

    greater regulatory and administrative certainty and that costs will be

    small relative to the benefits of having an additional trading tool

    under proposed Sec. 150.10.

    Note: The activities that are priced in the following Tables A2 to

    G2 are similar, if not the same types of activities discussed in the

    section affiliated with Tables A1 through G1, for proposed Sec. 150.9.

    Unless there is a significant difference in the anticipated acts to

    implement proposed Sec. 150.10, the Commission will not re-describe

    the activities valued in Tables A2 through G2.

    Table A2–Costs To Create or Amend Exchange Rules for Spread-Exemption

    Application Reviews

    ————————————————————————

    Proposed Total average Total average

    regulation/ file Total average labor costs per annual cost per

    or amend rules labor hours hour exchange

    ————————————————————————

    Sec. 5 $122 $610

    150.10(a)(1) [5 x $122]

    ————————————————————————

    [[Page 38494]]

    Table B2–Costs To Review Spread-Exemption Applications

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Average total

    Total average Total average hours for total Total average Total average

    Proposed regulation/ review applications applications labor hours per applications labor costs per annual cost per

    processed per application reviewed per hour exchange

    exchange exchange

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Sec. 150.10(a)(2)………………………………………… 50 5 250 $122 $30,500

    [50 x 5] [$122 x 250]

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Table C2–Cost To Post Spread-Exemption Summaries

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Average total

    Total average Total average hours for total Total average Total average

    Proposed regulation/web-posting summaries per labor hours applications labor costs annual cost

    exchange per application reviewed per per hour per exchange

    exchange

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Sec. 150.10(a)…………………………………………… 10 5 50 $122 $6,100

    [10 x 5] [50 x $122]

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Regarding the following Table D2, note that reports are also

    required to be sent to the Commission in the case of exempt spread

    positions under Sec. 150.10(a)(5).

    Table D2–Costs to Market Participants Who Would Seek Spread-Exemption Relief From Position Limits

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Average total

    Number of Total average Total average hours for each Total average Total average

    Proposed regulation/market participants seeking market applications labor hours application labor costs annual cost

    relief from position limits participants per market per filed per per hour per market

    participant application exchange participant

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Sec. 150.10(a)(3), (6)…………………….. 25 2 3 6 $122 $732

    [2 x 3] [6 x $122]

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Table E2–Costs for Spread-Exempt Recordkeeping

    —————————————————————————————————————-

    Total average

    Total average Total average annual

    Proposed regulation/ recordkeeping Number of DCMs labor hours labor costs recordkeeping

    for per hour cost per

    recordkeeping exchange

    —————————————————————————————————————-

    Sec. 150.10(b)………………………. 6 30 $122 $3,660

    [30 x $122]

    —————————————————————————————————————-

    Table F2–Costs for Weekly Spread-Exemption Reporting

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Estimated Average Total average

    Estimated number of reports Total average annual

    Proposed regulation/reporting number of DCMs hours per annually by labor costs reporting cost

    response each exchange per hour per exchange

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Sec. 150.10(c) [weekly]…………………………………… 6 3 52 $122 $19,032

    [3 x 52 x $122]

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    [[Page 38495]]

    Table G2–Costs for Monthly Spread-Exemption Reporting

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Total average

    Estimated Average Total average annual

    Proposed regulation/monthly reporting Estimated number of reports labor costs reporting

    number of DCMs hours per annually by per hour average cost

    response each exchange per exchange

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Sec. 150.10(c)…………………………………………… 6 2 12 $122 $2,928

    [2 x 12 x $122]

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Exchanges would have additional surveillance costs and duties that

    the Commission believes would be integrated with their existing self-

    regulatory organization surveillance activities as an exchange. For

    example, exchanges that elect to grant spread exemptions will have to

    adapt and develop procedures to determine whether a particular spread

    exemption furthers the goals of CEA section 4a(a)(3)(B) as well as

    monitor whether applicant speculators are, in fact, providing liquidity

    to other market participants.

    Other costs could arise from proposed Sec. 150.11 if the

    Commission disagrees with an exchanges’ disposition of a spread

    application, or costs from a Commission request or review under

    proposed Sec. 150.11(d) or (e). These costs are not easily quantified

    because they depend on the specifics of the Commission’s request or

    review.

    e. Request for Comment

    RFC 47. The Commission requests comment on its considerations of

    the benefits of proposed Sec. 150.10. Are there additional benefits

    that the Commission should consider? Has the Commission misidentified

    any benefits? Commenters are encouraged to include both quantitative

    and qualitative assessments of benefits as well as data or other

    information of support such assessments.

    RFC 48. The Commission requests comment on its considerations of

    the costs of proposed Sec. 150.10. Are there additional costs that the

    Commission should consider? Has the Commission misidentified any costs?

    What other relevant cost information or data, including alternative

    cost estimates, should the Commission consider and why? Commenters are

    encouraged to include both quantitative and qualitative assessments of

    costs as well as data or other information of support such assessments.

    RFC 49. The Commission recognizes that there exist alternatives to

    proposed Sec. 150.10. These alternatives include: (i) Maintaining the

    status quo, or (ii) pursuing the changes in the December 2013 position

    limits proposal. The Commission requests comment on whether retaining

    the framework for spread exemptions as proposed in the December 2013

    position limits proposal is superior from a cost-benefit perspective to

    proposed Sec. 150.10. If yes, please explain why. The Commission

    requests comment on whether any alternatives to proposed Sec. 150.10

    would result in a superior cost-benefit profile, with support for any

    such alternative provided.

    7. Section 150.11–Enumerated Anticipatory Bona Fide Hedges

    After reviewing comments in response to the December 2013 position

    limits proposal, the Commission is now proposing another method by

    which market participants may have enumerated anticipatory bona fide

    hedge positions recognized. As proposed in the December 2013 position

    limits proposal, Sec. 150.7 would require market participants to file

    statements with the Commission regarding certain anticipatory hedges

    which would become effective absent Commission action or inquiry ten

    days after submission. The second method in proposed Sec. 150.11 is an

    exchange-administered process to determine whether certain enumerated

    anticipatory bona fide hedge positions, such as unfilled anticipated

    requirements, unsold anticipated production, anticipated royalties,

    anticipated service contract payments or receipts, or anticipatory

    cross-commodity hedges should be recognized as bona fide hedge

    positions. Proposed Sec. 150.11 works in concert with the following

    three proposed rules:

    Proposed Sec. 150.3(a)(1)(i), with the effect that

    recognized anticipatory enumerated bona fide hedge positions may exceed

    federal position limits;

    proposed Sec. 150.5(a)(2), with the effect that

    recognized anticipatory enumerated bona fide hedge positions may exceed

    exchange-set position limits for contracts subject to federal position

    limits; and

    proposed Sec. 150.5(b)(5), with the effect that

    recognized anticipatory enumerated bona fide hedge positions may exceed

    exchange-set position limits for contracts not subject to federal

    position limits.

    a. Rule Summary

    The proposed Sec. 150.11 process is somewhat analogous to the

    application process for recognition of NEBFHs under proposed Sec.

    150.9. The proposed Sec. 150.11 recognition process for enumerated

    anticipatory bona fide hedge positions has five sub-parts: (a) through

    (e). The first three sub-parts–Sec. 150.11(a), (b), and (c)–require

    exchanges that elect to have a process for recognizing enumerated

    anticipatory bona fide hedge positions, and market participants that

    seek position-limit relief for such positions, to carry out certain

    duties and obligations. The fourth and fifth sub-parts–Sec.

    150.11(d), and (e)–delineate the Commission’s role and obligations in

    reviewing requests for recognition of enumerated anticipatory bona fide

    hedge positions.

    i. Section 150.11(a)–Exchange-Administered Enumerated Anticipatory

    Bona Fide Hedge Process

    Under proposed Sec. 150.11(a)(1), exchanges that voluntarily elect

    to process enumerated anticipatory bona-fide hedge applications are

    required to notify the Commission of their intention to do so by filing

    new rules or rule amendments with the Commission under part 40 of the

    Commission’s regulations. In proposed Sec. 150.11(a)(2), the

    Commission identifies certain types of information necessary for the

    application, including information required under proposed Sec.

    150.7(d). In proposed Sec. 150.11(a)(3), the Commission states that

    applications must be updated annually and that the exchanges have ten

    days in which to recognize an enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge.

    In addition, exchanges must retain authority to revoke recognitions.

    Proposed Sec. 150.11(a)(4) states that once an enumerated anticipatory

    bona fide hedge has been recognized by an exchange, the position will

    be deemed to be recognized. Proposed Sec. 150.11(a)(5) discusses

    [[Page 38496]]

    reports that must be filed by applicants holding exempted an enumerated

    anticipatory bona fide hedge positions. Proposed 150.11(a)(6) explains

    that exchanges may choose to seek Commission review of an application

    and the Commission has ten days in which to respond.

    ii. Section 150.11(b)–Enumerated Anticipatory Bona Fide Hedge

    Recordkeeping Requirements

    Exchanges must maintain complete books and records of all

    activities relating to the processing and disposition of spread-

    exemption applications under proposed Sec. 150.11(b). This is similar

    to the record-retention obligations of exchanges for positions

    recognized as NEBFHs under proposed Sec. 150.9, and exempted as

    spreads under proposed Sec. 150.10.

    iii. Section 150.11(c)–Enumerated Anticipatory Bona Fide Hedge

    Reporting Requirements

    Exchanges would have weekly reporting obligations under proposed

    Sec. 150.11(c). Unlike NEBFHs and spreads, exchanges would have no

    monthly reporting or web-posting obligations for enumerated

    anticipatory bona fide hedges.

    b. Baseline

    The baseline is the same as it was in the December 2013 position

    limits proposal: The current filing process detailed in current Sec.

    1.48.

    c. Benefits

    There are significant benefits that would likely accrue should

    proposed Sec. 150.11 be adopted. Similar to the benefits for

    recognizing positions as NEBFH positions under Sec. 150.9, recognizing

    anticipatory positions as bona fide hedges under Sec. 150.11 would

    provide market participants with potentially a more expeditious

    recognition process than the Commission proposal for a 10-day

    Commission recognition process under proposed 150.7. The benefit of

    prompter recognitions, though, is not readily quantifiable, and, in

    most circumstances, is subject to the characteristics and needs of

    markets as well as market participants. So while it is challenging to

    quantify the benefits that would likely be associated with proposed

    Sec. 150.11, there are qualitative benefits that the Commission can

    discuss.

    For example, exchanges would be able to use existing resources and

    knowledge in the administration and assessment of enumerated

    anticipatory bona fide hedge positions. The Commission and exchanges

    have evaluated these types of positions for years (as discussed in the

    December position limits proposal). Utilizing this experience and

    familiarity would likely produce such benefits as prompt but reasoned

    decision making and streamlined procedures. In addition, proposed Sec.

    150.11 permits exchanges to act in less than ten days–a timeframe that

    would be less than the Commission’s process under current Sec. 1.48,

    or under Sec. 150.7 as proposed in the December 2013 position limits

    proposal.228 This could potentially enable commercial market

    participants to pursue trading strategies in a more timely fashion to

    advance their commercial and hedging needs to reduce risk.

    —————————————————————————

    228 See discussion in December 2013 position limits proposal

    at 75745-46.

    —————————————————————————

    Proposed Sec. 150.11, similar to proposed Sec. 150.9 and Sec.

    150.10, also would provide the benefit of enhanced record-retention and

    reporting of positions recognized as enumerated anticipatory bona fide

    hedges. As previously discussed, records retained for specified periods

    would enable exchanges to develop consistent practices and afford the

    Commission accessible information for review, surveillance, and

    enforcement efforts. Likewise, weekly reporting under Sec. 150.11

    would facilitate the tracking of positions, provide transparency to the

    enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge process to the public, and

    improve open access and administrative and legal certainty.

    d. Costs

    The costs for proposed Sec. 150.11 are similar to the costs for

    proposed Sec. Sec. 150.9 and 150.10, with many of the cost

    considerations not changing. The costs that can be quantified are in

    Tables A3 through G3. Other costs associated with proposed Sec.

    150.11, like those for proposed Sec. Sec. 150.9 and 150.10, are more

    qualitative in nature and hinge on specific market and participant

    attributes. With this in mind, the Commission believes that exchanges

    and market participants will incur the costs related to Sec. 150.11 if

    they believe that administering the process under proposed Sec.

    150.11, or applying for recognition under proposed Sec. 150.11 and

    establishing a recognized position, respectively, are less costly than

    not administering the process under proposed Sec. 150.11 recognitions,

    or not executing such trades, respectively.

    Other costs could arise from proposed Sec. 150.11 if the

    Commission disagrees with an exchange’s disposition of an enumerated

    anticipatory bona fide hedge position application, or costs from a

    Commission request or review under proposed Sec. 150.11(d) These costs

    would include time and effort spent by market participants associated

    with a Commission review. In addition, market participants would lose

    amounts that the Commission can neither predict nor quantify if it

    became necessary to unwind trades or reduce positions were the

    Commission to conclude that an exchange’s disposition of an enumerated

    anticipatory bona fide hedge application is not appropriate or is

    inconsistent with the Act. The Commission believes that such

    disagreements will be rare based on the Commission’s past experience

    and review of exchanges’ efforts. Nevertheless, the Commission notes

    that assessing whether a position is for the reduction of risk arising

    from anticipatory needs or excessive speculation is complicated.

    Note: For a general description of proposed rules identified in the

    following Tables A3 to E3, see Section IIIA5, above.

    Table A3–Costs To Create or Amend Exchange Rules for Enumerated Anticipatory Bona Fide Hedge Applications

    —————————————————————————————————————-

    Total average Total average

    Proposed regulation/file or amend rules Total average labor costs per annual cost per

    labor hours hour exchange

    —————————————————————————————————————-

    Sec. 150.11(a)(1)…………………………………… 5 $122 $610

    [5 x $122]

    —————————————————————————————————————-

    [[Page 38497]]

    Table B3–Costs To Review Enumerated Anticipatory Bona Fide Hedge Applications

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Average total

    Total average Total average hours for total Total average Total average

    Proposed regulation/review applications applications labor hours per applications labor costs per annual cost per

    processed per application reviewed per hour exchange

    exchange exchange

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Sec. 150.11(a)(2)………………………………………… 50 5 250 $122 $30,500

    [$122 x 250]

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Table C3–Costs to Market Participants Who Would Seek Enumerated Anticipatory Bona Fide Hedge Relief From Position Limits

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Average total

    Number of Total average Total average hours for each Total average Total average

    Proposed regulation/market participants seeking market applications labor hours per application labor costs per annual cost per

    relief from position limits participants per market application filed per hour market

    participant exchange participant

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Sec. 150.11(a)(2), (6)…………………….. 25 2 3 6 $122 $732

    [2 x 3] [6 x $122]

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Table D3–Costs for Enumerated Anticipatory Bona Fide Hedge Recordkeeping

    —————————————————————————————————————-

    Total average

    Total average Total average annual

    Proposed regulation/recordkeeping Number of DCMs labor hours for labor costs per recordkeeping

    recordkeeping hour cost per exchange

    —————————————————————————————————————-

    Sec. 150.11(b)……………………. 6 30 $122 $3,660

    [30 x $122]

    —————————————————————————————————————-

    Table E3–Costs for Enumerated Anticipatory Bona Fide Hedge Weekly Reporting

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Average Total average

    Estimated Estimated reports Total average annual

    Proposed regulation/weekly reporting number of DCMs number of hours annually by labor costs per reporting cost

    per response each exchange hour per exchange

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Sec. 150.11(c)…………………………………………… 6 3 52 $122 $19,032

    [3 x 52 x $122]

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Exchanges would have additional surveillance costs and duties that

    the Commission believes would be integrated with their existing self-

    regulatory organization surveillance activities as an exchange.

    f. Request for Comment

    RFC 50. The Commission requests comment on its considerations of

    the benefits of proposed Sec. 150.11. Are there additional benefits

    that the Commission should consider? Has the Commission misidentified

    any benefits? Commenters are encouraged to include both quantitative

    and qualitative assessments of these benefits, as well as data or other

    information to support such assessments.

    RFC 51. The Commission requests comment on its considerations of

    the costs of proposed Sec. 150.11. Are there additional costs that the

    Commission should consider? Has the Commission misidentified any costs?

    What other relevant cost information or data, including alternative

    cost estimates, should the Commission consider and why? Commenters are

    encouraged to include both quantitative and qualitative assessments of

    these costs, as well as data or other information to support such

    assessments.

    RFC 52. The Commission recognizes that there may exist alternatives

    to proposed Sec. 150.11, such as maintaining the status quo, or

    adopting only Sec. 150.7 as proposed in the December 2013 position

    limits proposal.229 The Commission requests comment on whether

    alternatives to proposed Sec. 150.11 would result in a superior cost-

    benefit profile, with support for any such alternative provided. The

    Commission requests comment on whether the framework for recognizing

    enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedging positions as proposed in the

    December 2013 position limits proposal would be superior from a cost-

    benefit perspective to proposed Sec. 150.11. If yes, please explain

    why.

    —————————————————————————

    229 See December 2013 position limits proposal at 75776-77.

    —————————————————————————

    8. CEA Section 15(a) Factors

    CEA section 15(a) requires the Commission to consider the costs and

    benefits of its actions in light of five factors, which it proposes to

    do below. The Commission welcomes comments on its discussion of the

    proposed rules in this supplemental proposal and the CEA 15(a) factors.

    i. Protection of Market Participants and the Public

    The imposition of position limits is intended to protect the

    markets and market participants from manipulation and excessive

    speculation. Yet, there are

    [[Page 38498]]

    circumstances where position limits may be exceeded by bona fide hedge

    positions or spread positions, as provided in the CEA. By proposing the

    rules in this supplemental proposal, the Commission is offering market

    participants several reasonable alternatives by which they may

    establish bona fide hedge positions or spread positions that exceed

    position limits. The proposed alternatives require, among other things,

    exchanges to document and record their decisions to recognize bona fide

    hedge positions or to exempt spread positions. The Commission believes

    that the discipline of having exchanges review and document such

    decisions protects hedgers, speculators, and markets from abuse of

    recognitions and exemptions. In general, exchanges have strong

    incentives, such as preserving the revenue from trading, maintaining

    credibility, and protecting markets and market participants from

    excessive speculation, manipulation, corners, and squeezes. In

    addition, the proposed rules would enable the Commission to protect

    markets and market participants because the Commission would be able to

    perform second-level reviews of exchange-administered processes

    regarding exemptions from speculative position limits, if necessary,

    and have available documentation for surveillance and enforcement

    actions.

    RFC 53: Does permitting the exchanges to administer application

    processes for NEBFHs, spread exemptions, and enumerated anticipatory

    bona fide hedges further the goals of CEA section 4a(a)(3)(B) and

    properly protect market participants and the public? Please explain.

    RFC 54: Does permitting the exchanges to administer application

    processes for NEBFHs, spread exemptions, and enumerated anticipatory

    bona fide hedges affect excess speculation? Please explain.

    RFC 55: Will the ability to assume larger positions by way of

    exemptions under this supplemental proposal facilitate effective market

    manipulation by market participants availing themselves of such

    exemptions? Are existing safeguards and deterrents to market

    manipulation sufficient to prevent manipulation or does the Commission

    need to impose position limits without exchange-granted exemptions to

    prevent manipulation, prophylactically? Please explain.

    ii. Efficiency, Competitiveness, and Financial Integrity of Futures

    Markets

    Market manipulation and excessive speculation harm the efficiency,

    competitiveness, and financial integrity of markets. Position limits

    are intended to prevent market manipulation and excessive speculation.

    There are, however, positions that may exceed position limits, such as

    those permitted by proposed Sec. Sec. 150.9, 150.10, and 150.11, that

    promote market efficiency and competitiveness. For example, the

    proposed rules require an exchange to consider the policy objectives of

    position limits, prior to granting a spread exemption. If a market

    participant exerts market power, it might adversely affect market

    integrity because other market participants might perceive the

    underlying pricing process to be unfair. The proposed rules are

    designed, in part, to give exchanges the ability and information to

    guard against accumulation and exercise of market power that may result

    from excessive speculation, and, therefore, promote financial integrity

    and confidence in the markets.

    RFC 56: Is market integrity adversely affected by the proposed

    rules in this supplemental proposal? If so, how might the Commission

    mitigate any harmful impact?

    RFC 57: Should the Commission provide more guidance to exchanges on

    how to assess recognitions under this supplemental proposal, for

    example, guidance on cash-and-carry spreads, or any other spreads

    involving the spot-month contract?

    RFC 58: What costs and benefits would accrue to exchanges and

    market participants should the Commission provide additional guidance

    to exchanges on how to assess recognitions under this supplemental

    proposal? Please explain.

    RFC 59: Are there any anti-competitive effects between exchanges,

    or exchanges and SEFs, because the rules proposed in this supplemental

    proposal have the practical effect of allowing exchanges to recognize

    and grant exemptions from position limits? If so, what are they? Please

    explain.

    iii. Price Discovery

    The Commission believes that the recognition and exemption

    processes proposed to be administered by exchanges in this supplemental

    proposal will foster liquidity and potentially improve price discovery.

    Because exchanges possess knowledge about the commercial needs of

    market participants and the needs of markets, the proposed rules will

    enable exchanges to recognize and exempt positions in a timely and

    reasonable manner to help facilitate more stable prices. With more

    stable prices, market participants will have the ability to trade in

    and out of derivative positions more easily and with lower costs of

    execution.

    RFC 60: How might the rules proposed in this supplemental proposal

    affect price discovery? Please explain.

    RFC 61: How might the rules proposed in this supplement proposal

    affect liquidity?

    RFC 62: Will price discovery be improved on exchanges because of

    the exemptions outlined in this supplemental proposal?

    RFC 63: How might spread exemptions that go into the spot month

    affect price discovery?

    RFC 64: What price-discovery costs and benefits would accrue for

    spread exemptions that go into the spot month? Please explain.

    iv. Sound Risk Management Practices

    Under the proposed rules, market participants must explain and

    document the methods behind their hedging strategies to exchanges, and

    exchanges would have to evaluate them. As a result, the Commission

    believes that the exchange-administered processes discussed in this

    supplemental proposal should help market participants, exchanges, the

    Commission, and the public to understand better the risk management

    techniques and objectives of various market participants.

    RFC 65: How might the rules proposed in this supplemental proposal

    affect sound risk management practices?

    v. Other Public Interest Considerations

    Except as discussed above, the Commission has not identified any

    other public interest considerations.

    RFC 66: Are there any other public interest considerations that the

    Commission should consider?

    RFC 67: The Commission seeks comments on all aspects of its cost

    and benefit considerations. To the extent that any of the proposed

    rules in this supplemental proposal have an impact on activities

    outside the United States, the Commission requests comment on whether

    the associated costs and benefits are likely to be different from those

    associated with their impact on activities within the United States;

    and, if so, in what particular ways and to what extent. While at this

    point in time the Commission does not foresee any other costs or

    benefits that might be associated with the cross-border implications of

    this proposal, it seeks further any comment on this topic. For

    instance, would price discovery move to a foreign board of trade

    because of this proposed rulemaking? On all issues, commenters are

    encouraged to supply data and quantify where practical.

    [[Page 38499]]

    RFC 68: The Commission requests comment on whether there will be

    any lost benefits related to position limits because of the

    recognitions and exemptions in the proposed rules in this supplemental

    proposal.

    9. CEA Section 15(b) Considerations

    Section 15(b) of the CEA requires the Commission to consider the

    public interest to be protected by the antitrust laws and to endeavor

    to take the least anticompetitive means of achieving the objectives,

    policies and purposes of the CEA, before promulgating a regulation

    under the CEA or issuing certain orders. The Commission preliminarily

    believes that the rules and guidance proposed in this supplemental

    notice of proposed rulemaking are consistent with the public interest

    protected by the antitrust laws.

    The Commission acknowledges that, with respect to exchange

    qualifications to recognize or grant NEBFHs, spread exemptions, and

    anticipatory bona fide hedges for federal position limit purposes, the

    threshold experience requirements that it proposes will advantage

    certain more-established incumbent DCMs (“incumbent DCMs”) over

    smaller DCMs seeking to expand or future entrant DCMs (collectively

    “entrant DCMs”) or SEFs.230 Specifically, incumbent DCMs–based on

    their past track records of listing actively traded reference contracts

    and setting and administering exchange-set limits applicable to those

    contracts for at least a year–will be immediately eligible to submit

    rules to the Commission under part 40 to process trader applications

    for recognition of NEBFHs, spread exemptions,231 and anticipatory

    bona fide hedges; in contrast, entrant DCMs and SEFs will be foreclosed

    until such time as they have met the eligibility criteria to do so.

    However, subject to consideration of any comments supporting a contrary

    view, the Commission does not perceive that an ability to process

    applications for NEBFHs, spread exemptions and/or anticipatory bona

    fide hedges is a necessary function for a DCM or SEF to compete

    effectively as a trading facility. In the event an incumbent DCM

    declines to process a trader’s request for hedging recognition or a

    spread exemption,232 the trader may seek the recognition or exemption

    directly from the Commission in order to trade on an entrant DCM or

    SEF. Accordingly, the Commission does not view the proposed threshold

    experience requirements as establishing a barrier to entry or

    competitive restraint likely to facilitate anticompetitive effects in

    any relevant antitrust market for contract trading.233

    —————————————————————————

    230 Proposed rules Sec. Sec. 150.9(a)(1), 150.10(a)(1), and

    150.11(a)(1).

    231 In the case of qualifications to exempt certain spread

    positions, the contract may be either a referenced contract or a

    component of the spread. See proposed rule Sec. 150.10(a)(1)(i).

    232 The Commission recognizes that in certain circumstances it

    might be in an exchange’s economic interest to deny processing a

    particular trader’s application for hedge recognition or a spread

    exemption. For example, this might occur in a circumstance in which

    a trader has reached the exchange-set limit and the exchange

    determines that liquidity is insufficient to maintain a fair and

    orderly contract market if the trader’s position increases.

    233 See, e.g., Brown Shoe Co. v. U.S., 370 U.S. 294, 324-25

    (1962) (“The outer boundaries of a product market are determined by

    the reasonable interchangeability of use or the cross-elasticity of

    demand between the product itself and the substitutes for it”);

    U.S. v. E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co., 353 U.S. 586, 593 (1957)

    (“Determination of the relevant market is a necessary predicate to

    finding a violation”); Rebel Oil v. Atl. Richfield Co., 51 F. 3d

    1421, 1434 (9th Cir. 1995) (“A `market’ is any grouping of sales

    whose sellers, if unified by a monopolist or a hypothetical cartel

    would have market power in dealing with any group of buyers,”

    quoting Phillip Areeda & Herbert Hovenkamp, Antitrust Law ] 518.1b,

    at 534 (Supp. 1993)).

    —————————————————————————

    The Commission requests comment on any considerations related to

    the public interest to be protected by the antitrust laws and potential

    anticompetitive effects of the proposal, as well as data or other

    information to support such considerations. Is the Commission correct

    that the proposed threshold criteria for an exchange to qualify to

    process applications for recognition of NEBFHs, spread exemptions, and

    enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedges is unlikely to create a

    competitive barrier to entry or expansion that will insulate incumbent

    DCMs from competition for contract trading or otherwise contribute to

    anticompetitive effects in any relevant antitrust market(s) for

    contract trading?

    B. Regulatory Flexibility Act

    The Regulatory Flexibility Act (“RFA”) requires that agencies

    consider whether the rules they propose will have a significant

    economic impact on a substantial number of small entities and, if so,

    provide a regulatory flexibility analysis respecting the impact. A

    regulatory flexibility analysis or certification typically is required

    for “any rule for which the agency publishes a general notice of

    proposed rulemaking pursuant to” the notice-and-comment provisions of

    the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 553(b). The requirements

    related to the proposed amendments fall mainly on registered entities,

    exchanges, FCMs, swap dealers, clearing members, foreign brokers, and

    large traders. The Commission has previously determined that registered

    DCMs, FCMs, swap dealers, major swap participants, eligible contract

    participants, SEFs, clearing members, foreign brokers and large traders

    are not small entities for purposes of the RFA. While the requirements

    under the proposed rulemaking may impact non-financial end users, the

    Commission notes that position limits levels apply only to large

    traders. Accordingly, the Chairman, on behalf of the Commission, hereby

    certifies, on behalf of the Commission, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 605(b),

    that the actions proposed to be taken herein would not have a

    significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.

    The Chairman made the same certification in the 2013 Position Limits

    Proposal.

    C. Paperwork Reduction Act

    1. Overview

    The Paperwork Reduction Act (“PRA”), 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.,

    imposes certain requirements on Federal agencies in connection with

    their conducting or sponsoring any collection of information as defined

    by the PRA. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not

    required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays

    a currently valid control number issued by the Office of Management and

    Budget (“OMB”). Certain provisions of the proposed rules would result

    in amendments to previously-approved collection of information

    requirements within the meaning of the PRA. Therefore, the Commission

    is submitting to OMB for review in accordance with 44 U.S.C. 3507(d)

    and 5 CFR 1320.11 the information collection requirements proposed in

    this rulemaking proposal as an amendment to the previously-approved

    collection associated with OMB control number 3038-0013.

    If adopted, responses to this collection of information would be

    mandatory. The Commission will protect proprietary information

    according to the Freedom of Information Act and 17 CFR part 145, titled

    “Commission Records and Information.” In addition, the Commission

    emphasizes that section 8(a)(1) of the Act strictly prohibits the

    Commission, unless specifically authorized by the Act, from making

    public “data and information that would separately disclose the

    business transactions or market positions of any person and trade

    secrets or names of customers.” The Commission also is required to

    protect certain information contained in a government system of

    [[Page 38500]]

    records pursuant to the Privacy Act of 1974.

    On December 12, 2013, the Commission published in the Federal

    Register a notice of proposed modifications to parts 1, 15, 17, 19, 32,

    37, 38, 140, and 150 of the Commission’s regulations (as defined above,

    the “December 2013 position limits proposal”). The modifications

    addressed, among other things, speculative position limits for 28

    exempt and agricultural commodity futures and options contracts and the

    physical commodity swaps that are “economically equivalent” to such

    contracts. The Commission is now proposing revisions to the December

    2013 position limits proposal.

    Specifically, the Commission is now proposing that the position

    limits set forth in Sec. 150.2 may be exceeded to the extent that a

    commodity derivative position is recognized, as an NEBFH, exempt spread

    position, or enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge, by a derivatives

    contract market or swap execution facility. A designated contract

    market or swap execution facility that elects to process applications

    pursuant to the proposed rules must file new rules or rule amendments

    with the Commission pursuant to Part 40. Such new rules or rule

    amendments must comply with certain conditions set forth in proposed

    Sec. Sec. 150.9(a), 150.10(a), and/or 150.11(a), as applicable.

    Further, such rules must state that in order to apply for an exemption

    with a particular designated contract market or swap execution

    facility, a person would need to meet certain criteria and file an

    application with the relevant derivatives contract market or swap

    execution facility in accordance with proposed Sec. Sec. 150.9(a),

    150.10(a), or 150.11(a), as applicable.

    2. Methodology and Assumptions

    It is not possible at this time to accurately determine the number

    of respondents affected by the proposed revisions to the December 2013

    position limits proposal. This current proposal permits designated

    contract markets and swap execution facilities to elect to process

    applications for recognition of NEBFHs, exempt spread positions, or

    enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedges. Accordingly, the Commission

    does not know which, or how many, designated contract markets and swap

    execution facilities may elect to offer such recognition processes, or

    which, or how many market participants may submit applications.

    Further, the Commission is unsure of how many designated contract

    markets, swap execution facilities, and market participants not

    currently active in the market may elect to incur the estimated burdens

    in the future.

    These limitations notwithstanding, the Commission has made best-

    effort estimations regarding the likely number of affected entities for

    the purposes of calculating burdens under the PRA. The Commission used

    data currently provided by designated contract markets to estimate the

    number of respondents for each of the proposed obligations subject to

    the PRA. The Commission estimated the number of exchanges that may

    elect to process applications for recognition of NEBFHs, exempt spread

    positions, or enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedges, and the number

    of market participants who may file for relief from position limit

    requirements under the proposed processes. The Commission also used

    information from testimony given at Commission advisory committee

    meetings. Further, the Commission asked several questions of the five

    exchanges that, in the Commission’s knowledge, currently process

    applications for exemptions to exchange-set position limits, to

    ascertain the burdens on the exchanges that may arise should such

    exchanges elect to process applications under proposed Sec. Sec.

    150.9, 150.10, and/or 150.11. The Commission received responses to its

    questions regarding the administration of current exchange processes

    for approving exemptions from position limits from representatives of

    four exchanges. The Commission preliminarily believes that the burden

    estimates provided by these four exchanges are sufficiently

    representative of all potentially affected entities, and is providing

    average estimates in order to estimate the potential impact on all

    entities, particularly those which do not currently process exemption

    applications. Thus, the Commission proposes to use these estimates, as

    well as figures provided in testimony from the Energy and Environmental

    Markets Advisory Committee and Agricultural Advisory Committee

    meetings, to calculate burdens for the purposes of the Paperwork

    Reduction Act. The Commission welcomes comment on its estimates and the

    methodology described above.

    The Commission’s estimates concerning wage rates are based on 2013

    salary information for the securities industry compiled by the

    Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (“SIFMA”). The

    Commission is using a figure of $122 per hour, which is derived from a

    weighted average of salaries across different professions from the

    SIFMA Report on Management & Professional Earnings in the Securities

    Industry 2013, modified to account for an 1800-hour work-year, adjusted

    to account for the average rate of inflation in 2013. This figure was

    then multiplied by 1.33 to account for benefits, and further by 1.5 to

    account for overhead and administrative expenses. The Commission

    anticipates that compliance with the provisions would require the work

    of an information technology professional; a compliance manager; an

    accounting professional; and an associate general counsel. Thus, the

    wage rate is a weighted national average of salary for professionals

    with the following titles (and their relative weight); “programmer

    (average of senior and non-senior)” (15% weight), “senior

    accountant” (15%) “compliance manager” (30%), and “assistant/

    associate general counsel” (40%). All monetary estimates below have

    been rounded to the dollar.

    The Commission welcomes comment on its assumptions and estimates.

    3. Collections of Information–Information Provided by Reporting

    Entities and Recordkeeping Duties

    (a) Requirements for Designated Contract Markets and Swaps Execution

    Facilities Filing New or Amended Rules Pursuant to Part 40

    Proposed Sec. Sec. 150.9(a), 150.10(a), and 150.11(a) require that

    designated contract markets and swap execution facilities file new

    rules or rule amendments pursuant to Part 40 of this chapter,

    establishing or amending its application process for recognition of

    NEBFHs, exempt spread positions, or enumerated anticipatory bona fide

    hedges, respectively, consistent with the requirements of proposed

    Sec. Sec. 150.9, 150.10, and 150.11. Further, proposed Sec. Sec.

    150.9(a), 150.10(a), and 150.11(a) require that designated contract

    markets and swap execution facilities post to their Web sites a summary

    describing the type of derivative positions that are recognized as

    exempt non-enumerated hedge positions.

    The Commission estimates that, at most, 6 entities will file new

    rules or rule amendments pursuant to Part 40 to elect to process NEBFH

    applications. The Commission determined this estimate by analyzing how

    many exchanges currently list actively traded contracts for the 28

    commodities for which federal position limits will be set, because

    proposed Sec. Sec. 150.9(a), 150.10(a), and 150.11(a) require a

    referenced contract to be listed by and actively traded on any exchange

    that elects to process NEBHF applications for

    [[Page 38501]]

    recognition of positions in such referenced contract. The Commission

    anticipates that the exchanges that elect to process NEBFH applications

    under proposed Sec. 150.9(a) are likely to have processes for

    recognizing such exemptions currently, and so would need to file

    amendments to existing exchange rules rather than adopt new rules. This

    filing would be required only once. Thus, the Commission approximates

    an average per entity burden of 5 labor hours. At an estimated labor

    cost of $122, the Commission estimates an average cost of approximately

    $610 per entity for filings under proposed Sec. 150.9(a).

    Similarly, the Commission anticipates that the exchanges that elect

    to process spread exemption applications under proposed Sec. 150.10(a)

    are likely to have processes for recognizing such exemptions currently,

    and so would need to file amendments to existing exchange rules rather

    than adopt new rules. This filing would be required only once. Thus,

    the Commission approximates an average per entity burden of 5 labor

    hours. At an estimated labor cost of $122, the Commission estimates an

    average cost of approximately $610 per entity for filings under

    proposed Sec. 150.10(a).

    In addition, the Commission anticipates that the exchanges that

    elect to process enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge applications

    under proposed Sec. 150.11(a) are likely to have processes for

    recognizing such exemptions currently, and so would need to file

    amendments to existing exchange rules rather than adopt new rules. This

    filing would be required only once. Thus, the Commission approximates

    an average per entity burden of 5 labor hours. At an estimated labor

    cost of $122, the Commission estimates an average cost of approximately

    $610 per entity for filings under proposed Sec. 150.11(a).

    Review and Disposition of Applications

    An exchange that elects to process applications may incur a burden

    related to the review and disposition of such applications pursuant to

    proposed Sec. Sec. 150.9(a), 150.10(a), and 150.11(a). The review of

    an application is required to include analysis of the facts and

    circumstances of such application to determine whether the application

    meets the standards established by the Commission. Exchanges are

    required to notify the applicant regarding the disposition of the

    application, including whether the application was approved, denied,

    referred to the Commission, or requires additional information.

    The Commission anticipates that the exchanges that elect to process

    NEBFH applications under proposed Sec. 150.9(a) are likely to have

    processes for the review and disposition of such applications currently

    in place. The Commission preliminarily believes that in such cases,

    complying with the proposed rules is likely to be less burdensome

    because the exchange would already have staff, policies, and procedures

    established to accomplish its duties under the proposed rules. Thus,

    the Commission estimates that each exchange would process an average of

    185 NEBFH applications per year and that each application would require

    5 hours to process, for an average per entity burden of 925 labor hours

    annually. At an estimated labor cost of $122, the Commission estimates

    an average cost of approximately $112,850 per entity under proposed

    Sec. 150.9(a).

    The Commission anticipates that the exchanges that elect to process

    spread exemption applications under proposed Sec. 150.10(a) are likely

    to have processes for the review and disposition of such applications

    currently in place. The Commission preliminarily believes that in such

    cases, complying with the proposed rules is likely to be less

    burdensome because the exchange would already have staff, policies, and

    procedures established to accomplish its duties under the proposed

    rules. Thus, the Commission estimates that each exchange would process

    about 50 spread exemption applications per year and that each

    application would require 5 hours to process, for an average per entity

    burden of 250 labor hours annually. At an estimated labor cost of $122,

    the Commission estimates an average cost of approximately $30,500 per

    entity under proposed Sec. 150.10(a).

    The Commission anticipates that the exchanges that elect to process

    enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge applications under proposed

    Sec. 150.11(a) are likely to have processes for the review and

    disposition of such applications currently in place. The Commission

    preliminarily believes that in such cases, complying with the proposed

    rules is likely to be less burdensome because the exchange would

    already have staff, policies, and procedures established to accomplish

    its duties under the proposed rules. Thus, the Commission estimates

    that each entity would process about 50 anticipatory hedging

    applications per year and that each application would require 5 hours

    to process, for an average per entity burden of 250 labor hours

    annually. At an estimated labor cost of $122, the Commission estimates

    an average cost of approximately $30,500 per entity under proposed

    Sec. 150.11(a).

    Publication of Summaries

    Further, exchanges that elect to process the applications under

    proposed Sec. Sec. 150.9 and 150.10 may incur burdens to publish on

    their Web sites summaries of the unique types of NEBFH positions and

    spread positions, respectively. Although this requirement is new even

    for exchanges that already have a similar process under exchange-set

    limits, the Commission preliminarily believes that the proposed

    summaries will not be overly burdensome in part because they are

    anticipated to be concise.

    The Commission preliminarily believes that complying with the

    requirements under proposed Sec. 150.9(a) for summaries of recognized

    NEBFHs would require the work of an analyst to write and a supervisor

    to approve a summary. The summary would also need to be published on

    the exchange’s Web site. The Commission estimates that a single summary

    would require 5 hours to write, approve, and post. The Commission notes

    that exchanges likely would need to post more summaries in the first

    year of the process, as over time the applications may become more

    routine. The Commission thus estimates that each exchange would post

    approximately 30 summaries per year, for an average per entity burden

    of 5 labor hours annually. At an estimated labor cost of $122, the

    Commission estimates an average cost of approximately $18,300 per

    entity under proposed Sec. 150.9(a).

    The Commission preliminarily believes that complying with the

    requirements under proposed Sec. 150.10(a) for summaries of recognized

    spread exemptions would require the work of an analyst to write and a

    supervisor to approve the summary. The summary would also need to be

    published on the exchange’s Web site. The Commission estimates that a

    single summary would require 5 hours to write, approve, and post. The

    Commission notes that exchanges likely would need to post more

    summaries in the first year of the process, as over time the

    applications may become more routine. The Commission thus estimates

    that each entity would post approximately 10 summaries per year, for an

    average per entity burden of 50 labor hours annually. At an estimated

    labor cost of $122, the Commission estimates an average cost of

    approximately $6,100 per entity under proposed Sec. 150.10(a).

    (b) Requirements for Market Participants

    Proposed Sec. Sec. 150.9(a)(3), 150.10(a)(3), and 150.11(a)(2),

    would require electing

    [[Page 38502]]

    designated contract markets and swap execution facilities to establish

    an application process that elicits sufficient information to allow the

    designated contract market or swap execution facility to determine, and

    the Commission to verify, whether it is appropriate to recognize a

    commodity derivative position as an NEBFH, exempt spread position or

    enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge. Pursuant to Sec. Sec.

    150.9(a)(4)(i), 150.10(a)(4), and 150.11(a)(3), an applicant would be

    required to update an application at least on an annual basis. Further,

    Sec. Sec. 150.9(a)(6), 150.10(a)(6), and 150.11(a)(5) require that any

    such applicant file a report with the designated contract market or

    swap execution facility (and with the Commission in the case of

    150.10(a)(5)) when such applicant owns or controls a derivative

    position that such has been recognized as an NEBFH, exempt spread, or

    enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge, respectively.

    The Commission anticipates that market participants would be mostly

    familiar with the NEBFH application provided by exchanges that

    currently process such applications, and thus preliminarily believes

    that the burden for applying to an exchange would be minimal.

    Information included in the application is required to be sufficient to

    allow the exchange to determine, and the Commission to verify, whether

    the position meets the requirements of CEA section 4a(c), but specific

    data fields are left to the exchanges to determine. The Commission

    believes that there would be a slight additional burden for market

    participants to submit the notice that must be filed when such

    participant owns or controls the position that has been recognized as a

    NEBFH.

    The Commission estimates that 222 entities will file an average of

    5 applications each year to obtain recognition of certain positions as

    NEBFHs and that each application, including the notice filing when the

    participant owns or controls such positions, would require

    approximately 4 burden hours to complete and file. Thus, the Commission

    estimates an average per entity burden of 20 labor hours annually. At

    an estimated labor cost of $122, the Commission estimates an average

    cost of approximately $2,440 per entity for applications under proposed

    Sec. 150.9(a)(3).

    The Commission anticipates that market participants would be mostly

    familiar with the spread exemption application provided by exchanges

    that currently process such applications, and thus preliminarily

    believes that the burden for applying to an exchange would be minimal.

    Information included in the application is required to be sufficient to

    allow the exchange to determine, and the Commission to verify, whether

    the position fulfills the objectives of CEA section 4a(a)(3)(B), but

    specific data fields are left to the exchanges to determine. The

    Commission believes that there would be a slight additional burden for

    market participants to submit the notice that must be filed when such

    participant owns or controls the spread position that has been exempted

    from position limits. The Commission estimates that 25 entities will

    file an average of 2 applications each year to obtain an exemption for

    certain spread positions and that each application, including the

    notice filing when the participant owns or controls such positions,

    would require approximately 3 burden hours to complete and file. Thus,

    the Commission approximates an average per entity burden of 6 labor

    hours annually. At an estimated labor cost of $122, the Commission

    estimates an average cost of approximately $732 per entity for

    applications under proposed Sec. 150.10(a)(2).

    The Commission anticipates that market participants would be mostly

    familiar with the enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge application

    provided by exchanges that currently process such applications, and

    thus preliminarily believes that the burden for applying to an exchange

    would be minimal. The application is required to include, at minimum,

    the information required under proposed Sec. 150.7(d). The Commission

    estimates that 25 entities will file an average of 2 applications each

    year to obtain recognition that certain positions are enumerated

    anticipatory bona fide hedges and that each application would require

    approximately 3 burden hours to complete and file. Thus, the Commission

    estimates an average per entity burden of 6 labor hours annually. At an

    estimated labor cost of $122, the Commission estimates an average cost

    of approximately $732 per entity for applications under proposed Sec.

    150.11(a)(2).

    (c) Recordkeeping and Reporting

    Proposed Sec. Sec. 150.9(b), 150.10(b), and 150.11(b), would

    require electing designated contract markets and swap execution

    facilities to keep full, complete, and systematic records, which

    include all pertinent data and memoranda, of all activities relating to

    the processing and disposition of applications for recognition of

    NEBFHs, exempt spread positions, and enumerated anticipatory bona fide

    hedges. Further, proposed Sec. Sec. 150.9(c), 150.10(c), and

    150.11(c), would require designated contract markets and swap execution

    facilities that elect to process NEBFH applications to submit to the

    Commission a report for each week as of the close of business on Friday

    showing various information concerning the derivative positions that

    have been recognized by the designated contract market or swap

    execution facility as an NEBFH, exempt spread position, or enumerated

    anticipatory bona fide hedge position, and for any revocation,

    modification or rejection of such recognition. Finally, proposed

    Sec. Sec. 150.9(c) and 150.10(c) also require a designated contract

    market or swap execution facility that elects to process applications

    for NEBFHs and exempt spread positions to submit to the Commission (i)

    a summary of any NEBFH and exempt spread position newly published on

    the designated contract market or swap execution facility’s Web site;

    and (ii) no less frequently than monthly, any report submitted by an

    applicant to such designated contract market or swap execution facility

    pursuant to rules required under proposed Sec. Sec. 150.9(a)(6)and

    150.10(a)(6), respectively.

    The Commission preliminarily believes that exchanges that currently

    process applications for recognition of NEBFHs, exempt spread

    positions, and enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedges maintain

    records of such applications as required pursuant to other Commission

    regulations, including Sec. 1.31. However, the Commission also

    believes that the proposed rules may confer additional recordkeeping

    obligations on exchanges that elect to process applications for

    recognition of NEBFHs, exempt spread positions, and enumerated

    anticipatory bona fide hedges. The Commission estimates that 6 entities

    will have recordkeeping obligations pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.9.

    Thus, the Commission approximates an average per entity burden of 30

    labor hours annually. At an estimated labor cost of $122, the

    Commission estimates an average cost of approximately $3,660 per entity

    for records and filings under proposed Sec. 150.9.

    The Commission estimates that 6 entities will have recordkeeping

    obligations pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.10. Thus, the Commission

    estimates an average per entity burden of 30 labor hours annually. At

    an estimated labor cost of $122, the Commission estimates an average

    cost of approximately $3,660 per entity for

    [[Page 38503]]

    records and filings under proposed Sec. 150.10.

    The Commission estimates that 6 entities will have recordkeeping

    obligations pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.11. Thus, the Commission

    estimates an average per entity burden of 30 labor hours annually. At

    an estimated labor cost of $122, the Commission estimates an average

    cost of approximately $3,660 per entity for records and filings under

    proposed Sec. 150.11.

    Finally, the Commission anticipates that exchanges that elect to

    process applications for recognition of NEBFHs, spread exemptions, and

    enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedges will be required to file two

    types of reports, as stated above. The Commission understands that 5

    exchanges currently submit reports, on a voluntary basis each month,

    which provide information regarding exchange-recognized exemptions of

    all types. The Commission preliminarily believes that the content of

    such reports is similar to the information required of the reports in

    proposed Sec. Sec. 150.9(c), 150.10(c), and 150.11(c), but the

    frequency of such reports would increase under the proposed rules.

    The Commission estimates that 6 entities will have weekly reporting

    obligations pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.9(c). The Commission also

    estimates that the weekly report will require a burden of approximately

    3 hours to complete and submit. Thus, the Commission estimates an

    average per entity burden of 156 labor hours annually. At an estimated

    labor cost of $122, the Commission estimates an average cost of

    approximately $19,032 per entity for weekly reports under proposed

    rules 150.9(c).

    The Commission estimates that 6 entities will have weekly reporting

    obligations pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.10(c). The Commission also

    estimates that the weekly report will require a burden of approximately

    3 hours to complete and submit. Thus, the Commission estimates an

    average per entity burden of 156 labor hours annually. At an estimated

    labor cost of $122, the Commission estimates an average cost of

    approximately $19,032 per entity for weekly reports under proposed

    Sec. 150.10(c).

    The Commission estimates that 6 entities will have weekly reporting

    obligations pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.11(c). The Commission also

    estimates that the weekly report will require a burden of approximately

    3 hours to complete and submit. Thus, the Commission approximates an

    average per entity burden of 156 labor hours annually. At an estimated

    labor cost of $122, the Commission estimates an average cost of

    approximately $19,032 per entity for weekly reports under proposed

    Sec. 150.11(c).

    For the monthly report, the Commission anticipates a minor burden

    for exchanges because the proposed rules require exchanges essentially

    to forward to the Commission notices received from applicants who own

    or control the positions that have been recognized or exempted.

    The Commission estimates that 6 entities will have monthly

    reporting obligations pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.9(c). The

    Commission also estimates that the monthly report will require a burden

    of approximately 2 hours to complete and submit. Thus, the Commission

    approximates an average per entity burden of 24 labor hours annually.

    At an estimated labor cost of $122, the Commission estimates an average

    cost of approximately $2,928 per entity for monthly reports under

    proposed Sec. 150.9(c).

    The Commission estimates that 6 entities will have monthly

    reporting obligations pursuant to proposed Sec. 150.10(c). The

    Commission also estimates that the monthly report will require a burden

    of approximately 2 hours to complete and submit. Thus, the Commission

    approximates an average per entity burden of 24 labor hours annually.

    At an estimated labor cost of $122, the Commission estimates an average

    cost of approximately $2,928 per entity for monthly reports under

    proposed Sec. 150.10(c). The above estimates are summarized in the

    following table:

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Average

    reports

    Type of respondent Estimated number of Report or record annually by Total annual Estimated number of Annual burden

    respondents each responses hours per response in fiscal year

    respondent

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    a b……………….. c……………….. d e 234 f……………….. g 235

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    Exchanges…………………….. 6……………….. Sec. 150.9(a) Rule 1 6 5……………….. 30

    Filing.

    6……………….. Sec. 150.10(a) Rule 1 6 5……………….. 30

    Filing.

    6……………….. Sec. 150.11(a) Rule 1 6 5……………….. 30

    Filing.

    6……………….. Sec. 150.9(a) 185 1,110 5……………….. 5,550

    Review.

    6……………….. Sec. 150.10(a) 50 300 5……………….. 1,500

    Review.

    6……………….. Sec. 150.11(a) 50 300 5……………….. 1,500

    Review.

    6……………….. Sec. 150.9(a) 30 180 5……………….. 900

    Summaries.

    6……………….. Sec. 150.10(a) 10 60 5……………….. 300

    Summaries.

    6……………….. Sec. 150.9(a) 1 6 30………………. 180

    Recordkeeping.

    6……………….. Sec. 150.10(a) 1 6 30………………. 180

    Recordkeeping.

    6……………….. Sec. 150.11(a) 1 6 30………………. 180

    Recordkeeping.

    6……………….. Sec. 150.9(a) 52 312 3……………….. 936

    Weekly Report.

    6……………….. Sec. 150.10(a) 52 312 3……………….. 936

    Weekly Report.

    6……………….. Sec. 150.11(a) 52 312 3……………….. 936

    Weekly Report.

    6……………….. Sec. 150.9(a) 12 72 2……………….. 144

    Monthly Report.

    6……………….. Sec. 150.10(a) 12 72 2……………….. 144

    Monthly Report.

    Market Participants……………. 222……………… Sec. 150.9(a)(3) 5 1,110 4……………….. 4,440

    Application & Notice.

    25………………. Sec. 150.10(a)(3) 2 50 3……………….. 150

    Application & Notice.

    25………………. Sec. 150.11(a)(2) 2 50 3……………….. 150

    Application & Notice.

    ——————————– —————

    Total…………………….. 278 (distinct ………………… ………….. 4,276 4.26 (average number 18216

    entities or persons). of hours per

    response).

    ——————————————————————————————————————————————————–

    [[Page 38504]]

    4. Information Collection Comments

    The Commission invites the public and other federal agencies to

    comment on any aspect of the reporting and recordkeeping burdens

    discussed above. Pursuant to 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(B), the Commission

    solicits comments in order to: (1) Evaluate whether the proposed

    collections of information are necessary for the proper performance of

    the functions of the Commission, including whether the information will

    have practical utility; (2) evaluate the accuracy of the Commission’s

    estimate of the burden of the proposed collections of information; (3)

    determine whether there are ways to enhance the quality, utility, and

    clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) minimize the burden

    of the collections of information on those who are to respond,

    including through the use of automated collection techniques or other

    forms of information technology.

    —————————————————————————

    234 Column b times column d.

    235 Column e times column f. Burdens have been rounded to the

    nearest whole number where appropriate.

    —————————————————————————

    Comments may be submitted directly to the Office of Information and

    Regulatory Affairs, by fax at (202) 395-6566 or by email at [email protected]. Please provide the Commission with a copy of

    comments submitted so that all comments can be summarized and addressed

    in the final regulation preamble. Refer to the Addresses section of

    this notice for comment submission instructions to the Commission. A

    copy of the supporting statements for the collection of information

    discussed above may be obtained by visiting RegInfo.gov. OMB is

    required to make a decision concerning the collection of information

    between 30 and 60 days after publication of this release. Consequently,

    a comment to OMB is most assured of being fully considered if received

    by OMB (and the Commission) within 30 days after the publication of

    this notice of proposed rulemaking.

    List of Subjects

    17 CFR Part 37

    Registered entities, Registration application, Reporting and

    recordkeeping requirements, Swaps, Swap execution facilities.

    17 CFR Part 38

    Block transaction, Commodity futures, Designated contract markets,

    Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transactions off the

    centralized market.

    17 CFR Part 150

    Bona fide hedging, Commodity futures, Cotton, Grains, Position

    limits, Referenced Contracts, Swaps.

    For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Commodity Futures

    Trading Commission proposes to amend 17 CFR chapter I as follows:

    PART 37–SWAP EXECUTION FACILITIES

    0

    1. The authority citation for part 37 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 5, 6, 6c, 7, 7a-2, 7b-3, and 12a, as

    amended by Titles VII and VIII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform

    and Consumer Protection Act, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.

    0

    2. In Appendix B to part 37, under the heading Core Principle 6 of

    Section 5h of the Act–Position Limits or Accountability, revise

    paragraphs (A) and (B) to read as follows:

    Appendix B to Part 37–Guidance on, and Acceptable Practices in,

    Compliance With Core Principles

    * * * * *

    Core Principle 6 of Section 5h of the Act–Position Limits or

    Accountability

    (A) In general. To reduce the potential threat of market

    manipulation or congestion, especially during trading in the

    delivery month, a swap execution facility that is a trading facility

    shall adopt for each of the contracts of the facility, as is

    necessary and appropriate, position limitations or position

    accountability for speculators.

    (B) Position limits. For any contract that is subject to a

    position limitation established by the Commission pursuant to

    section 4a(a), the swap execution facility shall:

    (1) Set its position limitation at a level not higher than the

    Commission limitation; and

    (2) Monitor positions established on or through the swap

    execution facility for compliance with the limit set by the

    Commission and the limit, if any, set by the swap execution

    facility.

    (a) Guidance. (1) Until a swap execution facility has access to

    sufficient swap position information, a swap execution facility that

    is a trading facility need not demonstrate compliance with Core

    Principle 6(B). A swap execution facility has access to sufficient

    swap position information if, for example:

    (i) It has access to daily information about its market

    participants’ open swap positions; or

    (ii) It knows, including through knowledge gained in

    surveillance of heavy trading activity occurring on or pursuant to

    the rules of the swap execution facility, that its market

    participants regularly engage in large volumes of speculative

    trading activity that would cause reasonable surveillance personnel

    at a swap execution facility to inquire further about a market

    participant’s intentions or open swap positions.

    (2) When a swap execution facility has access to sufficient swap

    position information, this guidance is no longer applicable. At such

    time, a swap execution facility is required to demonstrate

    compliance with Core Principle 6(B).

    (b) Acceptable practices. [Reserved]

    * * * * *

    PART 38–DESIGNATED CONTRACT MARKETS

    0

    3. The authority citation for part 38 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 6, 6a, 6c, 6d, 6e, 6f, 6g, 6i, 6j,

    6k, 6l, 6m, 6n, 7, 7a-2, 7b, 7b-1, 7b-3, 8, 9, 15, and 21, as

    amended by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection

    Act, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376.

    0

    4. In Appendix B to part 38, under the heading Core Principle 5 of

    section 5(d) of the Act: Position Limitations or Accountability, revise

    paragraphs (A) and (B) to read as follows:

    Appendix B to Part 38–Guidance on, and Acceptable Practices in,

    Compliance With Core Principles

    * * * * *

    Core Principle 5 of section 5(d) of the Act: POSITION

    LIMITATIONS OR ACCOUNTABILITY

    (A) IN GENERAL.–To reduce the potential threat of market

    manipulation or congestion (especially during trading in the

    delivery month), the board of trade shall adopt for each contract of

    the board of trade, as is necessary and appropriate, position

    limitations or position accountability for speculators.

    (B) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE POSITION LIMITATION.–For any contract

    that is subject to a position limitation established by the

    Commission pursuant to section 4a(a), the board of trade shall set

    the position limitation of the board of trade at a level not higher

    than the position limitation established by the Commission.

    (a) Guidance. (1) Until a board of trade has access to

    sufficient swap position information, a board of trade need not

    demonstrate compliance with Core Principle 5(B) with respect to

    swaps. A board of trade has access to sufficient swap position

    information if, for example:

    (i) It has access to daily information about its market

    participants’ open swap positions; or

    (ii) It knows, including through knowledge gained in

    surveillance of heavy trading activity occurring on or pursuant to

    the rules of the designated contract market, that its market

    participants regularly engage in large volumes of speculative

    trading activity that would cause reasonable surveillance personnel

    at a board of trade to inquire further about a market participant’s

    intentions or open swap positions.

    (2) When a board of trade has access to sufficient swap position

    information, this guidance is no longer applicable. At such time, a

    board of trade is required to demonstrate compliance with Core

    Principle 5(B) with respect to swaps.

    [[Page 38505]]

    (b) Acceptable Practices. [Reserved]

    * * * * *

    PART 150–LIMITS ON POSITIONS

    0

    5. The authority citation for part 150 is revised to read as follows:

    Authority: 7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 5, 6, 6a, 6c, 6f, 6g, 6t, 12a, 19,

    as amended by Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and

    Consumer Protection Act, Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).

    0

    6. Revise Sec. 150.1 to read as follows:

    Sec. 150.1 Definitions.

    As used in this part–

    Bona fide hedging position means–

    (1) Hedges of an excluded commodity. For a position in commodity

    derivative contracts in an excluded commodity, as that term is defined

    in section 1a(19) of the Act:

    (i) Such position is economically appropriate to the reduction of

    risks in the conduct and management of a commercial enterprise; and

    (ii)(A) Is enumerated in paragraph (3), (4) or (5) of this

    definition; or

    (B) Is recognized as a bona fide hedging position by the designated

    contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading facility,

    pursuant to such market’s rules submitted to the Commission, which

    rules may include risk management exemptions consistent with Appendix A

    of this part; and

    (2) Hedges of a physical commodity. For a position in commodity

    derivative contracts in a physical commodity:

    (i) Such position:

    (A) Represents a substitute for transactions made or to be made, or

    positions taken or to be taken, at a later time in a physical marketing

    channel;

    (B) Is economically appropriate to the reduction of risks in the

    conduct and management of a commercial enterprise;

    (C) Arises from the potential change in the value of–

    (1) Assets which a person owns, produces, manufactures, processes,

    or merchandises or anticipates owning, producing, manufacturing,

    processing, or merchandising;

    (2) Liabilities which a person owes or anticipates incurring; or

    (3) Services that a person provides, purchases, or anticipates

    providing or purchasing; and

    (D) Is–

    (1) Enumerated in paragraph (3), (4) or (5) of this definition; or

    (2) Recognized as shown to be a non-enumerated bona fide hedges by

    either a designated contract market or swap execution facility, each in

    accordance with Sec. 150.9(a); or by the Commission; or

    (ii)(A) Pass-through swap offsets. Such position reduces risks

    attendant to a position resulting from a swap in the same physical

    commodity that was executed opposite a counterparty for which the

    position at the time of the transaction would qualify as a bona fide

    hedging position pursuant to paragraph (2)(i) of this definition (a

    pass-through swap counterparty), provided that no such risk-reducing

    position is maintained in any physical-delivery commodity derivative

    contract during the lesser of the last five days of trading or the time

    period for the spot month in such physical-delivery commodity

    derivative contract; and

    (B) Pass-through swaps. Such swap position was executed opposite a

    pass-through swap counterparty and to the extent such swap position has

    been offset pursuant to paragraph (2)(ii)(A) of this definition.

    (3) Enumerated hedging positions. A bona fide hedging position

    includes any of the following specific positions:

    (i) Hedges of inventory and cash commodity purchase contracts.

    Short positions in commodity derivative contracts that do not exceed in

    quantity ownership or fixed-price purchase contracts in the contract’s

    underlying cash commodity by the same person.

    (ii) Hedges of cash commodity sales contracts. Long positions in

    commodity derivative contracts that do not exceed in quantity the

    fixed-price sales contracts in the contract’s underlying cash commodity

    by the same person and the quantity equivalent of fixed-price sales

    contracts of the cash products and by-products of such commodity by the

    same person.

    (iii) Hedges of unfilled anticipated requirements. Provided that

    such positions in a physical-delivery commodity derivative contract,

    during the lesser of the last five days of trading or the time period

    for the spot month in such physical-delivery contract, do not exceed

    the person’s unfilled anticipated requirements of the same cash

    commodity for that month and for the next succeeding month:

    (A) Long positions in commodity derivative contracts that do not

    exceed in quantity unfilled anticipated requirements of the same cash

    commodity, and that do not exceed twelve months for an agricultural

    commodity, for processing, manufacturing, or use by the same person;

    and

    (B) Long positions in commodity derivative contracts that do not

    exceed in quantity unfilled anticipated requirements of the same cash

    commodity for resale by a utility that is required or encouraged to

    hedge by its public utility commission on behalf of its customers’

    anticipated use.

    (iv) Hedges by agents. Long or short positions in commodity

    derivative contracts by an agent who does not own or has not contracted

    to sell or purchase the offsetting cash commodity at a fixed price,

    provided that the agent is responsible for merchandising the cash

    positions that are being offset in commodity derivative contracts and

    the agent has a contractual arrangement with the person who owns the

    commodity or holds the cash market commitment being offset.

    (4) Other enumerated hedging positions. A bona fide hedging

    position also includes the following specific positions, provided that

    no such position is maintained in any physical-delivery commodity

    derivative contract during the lesser of the last five days of trading

    or the time period for the spot month in such physical-delivery

    contract:

    (i) Hedges of unsold anticipated production. Short positions in

    commodity derivative contracts that do not exceed in quantity unsold

    anticipated production of the same commodity, and that do not exceed

    twelve months of production for an agricultural commodity, by the same

    person.

    (ii) Hedges of offsetting unfixed-price cash commodity sales and

    purchases. Short and long positions in commodity derivative contracts

    that do not exceed in quantity that amount of the same cash commodity

    that has been bought and sold by the same person at unfixed prices:

    (A) Basis different delivery months in the same commodity

    derivative contract; or

    (B) Basis different commodity derivative contracts in the same

    commodity, regardless of whether the commodity derivative contracts are

    in the same calendar month.

    (iii) Hedges of anticipated royalties. Short positions in commodity

    derivative contracts offset by the anticipated change in value of

    mineral royalty rights that are owned by the same person, provided that

    the royalty rights arise out of the production of the commodity

    underlying the commodity derivative contract.

    (iv) Hedges of services. Short or long positions in commodity

    derivative contracts offset by the anticipated change in value of

    receipts or payments due or expected to be due under an executed

    contract for services held by the same person, provided that the

    contract for services arises out of the production, manufacturing,

    processing, use, or transportation of the commodity

    [[Page 38506]]

    underlying the commodity derivative contract, and which may not exceed

    one year for agricultural commodities.

    (5) Cross-commodity hedges. Positions in commodity derivative

    contracts described in paragraphs (2)(ii), (3)(i) through (iv), and

    (4)(i) through (iv) of this definition may also be used to offset the

    risks arising from a commodity other than the same cash commodity

    underlying a commodity derivative contract, provided that the

    fluctuations in value of the position in the commodity derivative

    contract, or the commodity underlying the commodity derivative

    contract, are substantially related to the fluctuations in value of the

    actual or anticipated cash position or pass-through swap and no such

    position is maintained in any physical-delivery commodity derivative

    contract during the lesser of the last five days of trading or the time

    period for the spot month in such physical-delivery contract.

    Futures-equivalent means–

    (1) An option contract, whether an option on a future or an option

    that is a swap, which has been adjusted by an economically reasonable

    and analytically supported risk factor, or delta coefficient, for that

    option computed as of the previous day’s close or the current day’s

    close or contemporaneously during the trading day, and converted to an

    economically equivalent amount of an open position in a core referenced

    futures contract;

    (2) A futures contract which has been converted to an economically

    equivalent amount of an open position in a core referenced futures

    contract; and

    (3) A swap which has been converted to an economically equivalent

    amount of an open position in a core referenced futures contract.

    Intermarket spread position means a long (short) position in one or

    more commodity derivative contracts in a particular commodity, or its

    products or its by-products, at a particular designated contract market

    or swap execution facility, and a short (long) position in one or more

    commodity derivative contracts in that same, or similar, commodity, or

    its products or its by-products, away from that particular designated

    contract market or swap execution facility.

    Intramarket spread position means a long position in one or more

    commodity derivative contracts in a particular commodity, or its

    products or its by-products, and a short position in one or more

    commodity derivative contracts in the same, or similar, commodity, or

    its products or its by-products, on the same designated contract market

    or swap execution facility.

    0

    7. Revise Sec. 150.3 to read as follows:

    Sec. 150.3 Exemptions.

    (a) Positions which may exceed limits. The position limits set

    forth in Sec. 150.2 may be exceeded to the extent that:

    (1) Such positions are:

    (i) Bona fide hedging positions that either:

    (A) Comply with the definition in Sec. 150.1; or

    (B) Are recognized by a designated contract market or swap

    execution facility as:

    (1) Non-enumerated bona fide hedges in accordance with the general

    definition in Sec. 150.1 and the process in Sec. 150.9(a), provided

    that the person has not otherwise been notified by the Commission under

    Sec. 150.9(d)(4) or by the designated contract market or swap

    execution facility under rules adopted pursuant to Sec.

    150.9(a)(4)(iv)(B); or

    (2) Anticipatory bona fide hedge positions under paragraphs

    (3)(iii), (4)(i), (4)(iii), (4)(iv) and (5) of the bona fide hedging

    position definition in Sec. 150.1, provided that for anticipatory bona

    fide hedge positions under this paragraph the person complies with the

    filing requirements found in Sec. 150.7 or the filing requirements

    adopted by a designated contract market or swap execution facility in

    accordance with Sec. 150.11(a)(3), as applicable;

    (ii) [Reserved];

    (iii) [Reserved];

    (iv) Spread positions recognized by a designated contract market or

    swap execution facility in accordance with Sec. 150.10(a), provided

    that the person has not otherwise been notified by the Commission under

    Sec. 150.10(d)(4) or by the designated contract market or swap

    execution facility under rules adopted pursuant to Sec.

    150.10(a)(4)(iv)(B); or

    (v) Other positions exempted under paragraph (e) of this section;

    and that

    (2) [Reserved]

    (3) [Reserved]

    (b) through (j) [Reserved]

    0

    8. Revise Sec. 150.5 to read as follows:

    Sec. 150.5 Exchange-set speculative position limits.

    (a) Requirements and acceptable practices for futures and futures

    option contracts subject to federal position limits. (1) For any

    commodity derivative contract that is subject to a speculative position

    limit under Sec. 150.2, a designated contract market or swap execution

    facility that is a trading facility shall set a speculative position

    limit that is no higher than the level specified in Sec. 150.2.

    (2) Exemptions under Sec. 150.3–(i) Grant of exemption. Any

    designated contract market or swap execution facility that is a trading

    facility may grant exemptions from any speculative position limits it

    sets under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, provided that such

    exemptions conform to the requirements specified in Sec. 150.3.

    (ii) Application for exemption. Any designated contract market or

    swap execution facility that grants exemptions under paragraph

    (a)(2)(i) of this section:

    (A) Must require traders to file an application requesting such

    exemption;

    (B) Must require, for any exemption granted, that the trader

    reapply for the exemption at least on an annual basis; and

    (C) May deny any such application, or limit, condition, or revoke

    any such exemption, at any time, including if it determines such

    positions would not be in accord with sound commercial practices, or

    would exceed an amount that may be established and liquidated in an

    orderly fashion.

    (3) through (6) [Reserved]

    (b) Requirements and acceptable practices for futures and future

    option contracts that are not subject to the limits set forth in Sec.

    150.2, including derivative contracts in a physical commodity as

    defined in Sec. 150.1 and in an excluded commodity as defined in

    section 1a(19) of the Act–

    (1) through (4) [Reserved]

    (5) Exemptions–(i) Hedge exemption. Any hedge exemption rules

    adopted by a designated contract market or swap execution facility that

    is a trading facility must conform to the definition of bona fide

    hedging position in Sec. 150.1 or provide for recognition as a non-

    enumerated bona fide hedge in a manner consistent with the process

    described in Sec. 150.9(a).

    (ii) Other exemptions. A designated contract market or swap

    execution facility may grant exemptions for:

    (A) [Reserved];

    (B) [Reserved].

    (C) Intramarket spread positions and intermarket spread positions,

    each as defined in Sec. 150.1, provided that the designated contract

    market or swap execution facility, in considering whether to grant an

    application for such exemption, should take into account whether

    exempting the spread position from position limits would, to the

    maximum extent practicable, ensure sufficient market liquidity for bona

    fide hedgers, and not unreasonably reduce the effectiveness of position

    limits to:

    (1) Diminish, eliminate, or prevent excessive speculation;

    (2) Deter and prevent market manipulation, squeezes, and corners;

    and

    [[Page 38507]]

    (3) Ensure that the price discovery function of the underlying

    market is not disrupted.

    (D) For excluded commodities, a designated contract market or swap

    execution facility may grant, in addition to the exemptions under

    paragraphs (b)(5)(i) and (b)(5)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section, a

    limited risk management exemption pursuant to rules submitted to the

    Commission, consistent with the guidance in Appendix A of this part.

    (iii) [Reserved]

    (6) through (9) [Reserved]

    (c) [Reserved]

    0

    9. Add Sec. 150.9 to read as follows:

    Sec. 150.9 Process for recognition of positions as non-enumerated

    bona fide hedges.

    (a) Requirements for a designated contract market or swap execution

    facility to recognize non-enumerated bona fide hedge positions. (1) A

    designated contract market or swap execution facility that elects to

    process non-enumerated bona fide hedge applications to demonstrate why

    a derivative position satisfies the requirements of section 4a(c) of

    the Act shall maintain rules, submitted to the Commission pursuant to

    part 40 of this chapter, establishing an application process for

    recognition of non-enumerated bona fide hedges consistent with the

    requirements of this section and the general definition of bona fide

    hedging position in Sec. 150.1. A designated contract market or swap

    execution facility may elect to process non-enumerated bona fide hedge

    applications for positions in commodity derivative contracts only if,

    in each case:

    (i) The commodity derivative contract is a referenced contract;

    (ii) Such designated contract market or swap execution facility

    lists such commodity derivative contract for trading;

    (iii) Such commodity derivative contract is actively traded on such

    designated contract market or swap execution facility;

    (iv) Such designated contract market or swap execution facility has

    established position limits for such commodity derivative contract; and

    (v) Such designated contract market or swap execution facility has

    at least one year of experience and expertise administering position

    limits for such commodity derivative contract. A designated contract

    market or swap execution facility shall not recognize a non-enumerated

    bona fide hedge involving a commodity index contract and one or more

    referenced contracts.

    (2) A designated contract market or swap execution facility may

    establish different application processes for persons to demonstrate

    why a derivative position constitutes a non-enumerated bona fide hedge

    under novel facts and circumstances and under facts and circumstances

    substantially similar to a position for which a summary has been

    published on such designated contract market’s or swap execution

    facility’s Web site, pursuant to paragraph (a)(7) of this section.

    (3) Any application process that is established by a designated

    contract market or swap execution facility shall elicit sufficient

    information to allow the designated contract market or swap execution

    facility to determine, and the Commission to verify, whether the facts

    and circumstances in respect of a derivative position satisfy the

    requirements of section 4a(c) of the Act and the general definition of

    bona fide hedging position in Sec. 150.1, and whether it is

    appropriate to recognize such position as a non-enumerated bona fide

    hedge, including at a minimum:

    (i) A description of the position in the commodity derivative

    contract for which the application is submitted and the offsetting cash

    positions;

    (ii) Detailed information to demonstrate why the position satisfies

    the requirements of section 4a(c) of the Act and the general definition

    of bona fide hedging position in Sec. 150.1;

    (iii) A statement concerning the maximum size of all gross

    positions in derivative contracts to be acquired by the applicant

    during the year after the application is submitted;

    (iv) Detailed information regarding the applicant’s activity in the

    cash markets for the commodity underlying the position for which the

    application is submitted during the past three years; and

    (v) Any other information necessary to enable the designated

    contract market or swap execution facility to determine, and the

    Commission to verify, whether it is appropriate to recognize such

    position as a non-enumerated bona fide hedge.

    (4) Under any application process established under this section, a

    designated contract market or swap execution facility shall:

    (i) Require each person intending to exceed position limits to

    submit an application, to reapply at least on an annual basis by

    updating that application, and to receive notice of recognition from

    the designated contract market or swap execution facility of a position

    as a non-enumerated bona fide hedge in advance of the date that such

    position would be in excess of the limits then in effect pursuant to

    section 4a of the Act;

    (ii) Notify an applicant in a timely manner if a submitted

    application is not complete. If an applicant does not amend or resubmit

    such application within a reasonable amount of time after such notice,

    a designated contract market or swap execution facility may reject the

    application;

    (iii) Determine in a timely manner whether a derivative position

    for which a complete application has been submitted satisfies the

    requirements of section 4a(c) of the Act and the general definition of

    bona fide hedging position in Sec. 150.1, and whether it is

    appropriate to recognize such position as a non-enumerated bona fide

    hedge;

    (iv) Have the authority to revoke, at any time, any recognition

    issued pursuant to this section if it determines the recognition is no

    longer in accord with section 4a(c) of the Act and the general

    definition of bona fide hedging position in Sec. 150.1; and

    (v) Notify an applicant in a timely manner:

    (A) That the derivative position for which a complete application

    has been submitted has been recognized by the designated contract

    market or swap execution facility as a non-enumerated bona fide hedge

    under this section, and the details and all conditions of such

    recognition;

    (B) That its application is rejected, including the reasons for

    such rejection; or

    (C) That the designated contract market or swap execution facility

    has asked the Commission to consider the application under paragraph

    (a)(8) of this section.

    (5) An applicant’s derivatives position shall be deemed to be

    recognized as a non-enumerated bona fide hedge exempt from federal

    position limits at the time that a designated contract market or swap

    execution facility notifies an applicant that such designated contract

    market or swap execution facility will recognize such position as a

    non-enumerated bona fide hedge.

    (6) A designated contract market or swap execution facility that

    elects to process non-enumerated bona fide hedge applications shall

    file new rules or rule amendments pursuant to part 40 of this chapter,

    establishing or amending requirements for an applicant to file a report

    with such designated contract market or swap execution facility when

    such applicant owns or controls a derivative position that such

    designated contract market or swap execution facility has recognized as

    a non-enumerated bona fide hedge, and for such applicant to report the

    offsetting cash positions. Such rules

    [[Page 38508]]

    shall require an applicant to update and maintain the accuracy of any

    such report.

    (7) After recognition of each unique type of derivative position as

    a non-enumerated bona fide hedge, based on novel facts and

    circumstances, a designated contract market or swap execution facility

    shall publish on its Web site, on at least a quarterly basis, a summary

    describing the type of derivative position and explaining why it was

    recognized as a non-enumerated bona fide hedge.

    (8) If a non-enumerated bona fide hedge application presents novel

    or complex issues or is potentially inconsistent with section 4a(c) of

    the Act and the general definition of bona fide hedging position in

    Sec. 150.1, a designated contract market or swap execution facility

    may ask the Commission to consider the application under the process

    set forth in paragraph (d) of this section. The Commission may, in its

    discretion, agree to or reject any such request by a designated

    contract market or swap execution facility.

    (b) Recordkeeping. (1) A designated contract market or swap

    execution facility that elects to process non-enumerated bona fide

    hedge applications shall keep full, complete, and systematic records,

    which include all pertinent data and memoranda, of all activities

    relating to the processing of such applications and the disposition

    thereof, including the recognition by the designated contract market or

    swap execution facility of any derivative position as a non-enumerated

    bona fide hedge, the revocation or modification of any such

    recognition, the rejection by the designated contract market or swap

    execution facility of an application, or the withdrawal,

    supplementation or updating of an application by the applicant.

    Included among such records shall be:

    (i) All information and documents submitted by an applicant in

    connection with its application;

    (ii) Records of oral and written communications between such

    designated contract market or swap execution facility and such

    applicant in connection with such application; and

    (iii) All information and documents in connection with such

    designated contract market’s or swap execution facility’s analysis of

    and action on such application.

    (2) All books and records required to be kept pursuant to this

    section shall be kept in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 1.31

    of this chapter.

    (c) Reports to the Commission. (1) A designated contract market or

    swap execution facility that elects to process non-enumerated bona fide

    hedge applications shall submit to the Commission a report for each

    week as of the close of business on Friday showing the following

    information:

    (i) For each commodity derivative position that has been recognized

    by the designated contract market or swap execution facility as a non-

    enumerated bona fide hedge, and for any revocation or modification of

    such a recognition:

    (A) The date of disposition,

    (B) The effective date of the disposition,

    (C) The expiration date of any recognition,

    (D) Any unique identifier assigned by the designated contract

    market or swap execution facility to track the application,

    (E) Any unique identifier assigned by the designated contract

    market or swap execution facility to a type of recognized non-

    enumerated bona fide hedge,

    (F) The identity of the applicant,

    (G) The listed commodity derivative contract to which the

    application pertains,

    (H) The underlying cash commodity,

    (I) The maximum size of the commodity derivative position that is

    recognized by the designated contract market or swap execution facility

    as a non-enumerated bona fide hedge,

    (J) Any size limitation established for such commodity derivative

    position on the designated contract market or swap execution facility,

    and

    (K) A concise summary of the applicant’s activity in the cash

    markets for the commodity underlying the commodity derivative position;

    and

    (ii) The summary of any non-enumerated bona fide hedge published

    pursuant to paragraph (a)(7) of this section, or revised, since the

    last summary submitted to the Commission.

    (2) Unless otherwise instructed by the Commission, a designated

    contract market or swap execution facility that elects to process non-

    enumerated bona fide hedge applications shall submit to the Commission,

    no less frequently than monthly, any report submitted by an applicant

    to such designated contract market or swap execution facility pursuant

    to rules required under paragraph (a)(6) of this section.

    (3) Unless otherwise instructed by the Commission, a designated

    contract market or swap execution facility that elects to process non-

    enumerated bona fide hedge applications shall submit to the Commission

    the information required by paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section,

    as follows:

    (i) As specified by the Commission on the Forms and Submissions

    page at www.cftc.gov;

    (ii) Using the format, coding structure, and electronic data

    transmission procedures approved in writing by the Commission; and

    (iii) Not later than 9:00 a.m. Eastern time on the third business

    day following the date of the report.

    (d) Review of applications by the Commission. (1) The Commission

    may in its discretion at any time review any non-enumerated bona fide

    hedge application submitted to a designated contract market or swap

    execution facility, and all records required to be kept by such

    designated contract market or swap execution facility pursuant to

    paragraph (b) of this section in connection with such application, for

    any purpose, including to evaluate whether the disposition of the

    application is consistent with section 4a(c) of the Act and the general

    definition of bona fide hedging position in Sec. 150.1.

    (i) The Commission may request from such designated contract market

    or swap execution facility records required to be kept by such

    designated contract market or swap execution facility pursuant to

    paragraph (b) of this section in connection with such application.

    (ii) The Commission may request additional information in

    connection with such application from such designated contract market

    or swap execution facility or from the applicant.

    (2) If the Commission preliminarily determines that any non-

    enumerated bona fide hedge application or the disposition thereof by a

    designated contract market or swap execution facility presents novel or

    complex issues that require additional time to analyze, or that an

    application or the disposition thereof by such designated contract

    market or swap execution facility is potentially inconsistent with

    section 4a(c) of the Act and the general definition of bona fide

    hedging position in Sec. 150.1, the Commission shall:

    (i) Notify such designated contract market or swap execution

    facility and the applicable applicant of the issues identified by the

    Commission; and

    (ii) Provide them with 10 business days in which to provide the

    Commission with any supplemental information.

    (3) The Commission shall determine whether it is appropriate to

    recognize the derivative position for which such application has been

    submitted as a non-enumerated bona fide hedge, or whether the

    disposition of such application by such designated contract market or

    swap execution facility is consistent with section 4a(c) the Act and

    the general definition of bona fide hedging position in Sec. 150.1.

    [[Page 38509]]

    (4) If the Commission determines that the disposition of such

    application is inconsistent with section 4a(c) of the Act and the

    general definition of bona fide hedging position in Sec. 150.1, the

    Commission shall notify the applicant and grant the applicant a

    commercially reasonable amount of time to liquidate the derivative

    position or otherwise come into compliance. This notification will

    briefly specify the nature of the issues raised and the specific

    provisions of the Act or the Commission’s regulations with which the

    application is, or appears to be, inconsistent.

    (e) Review of summaries by the Commission. The Commission may in

    its discretion at any time review any summary of a type of non-

    enumerated bona fide hedge required to be published on a designated

    contract market’s or swap execution facility’s Web site pursuant to

    paragraph (a)(7) of this section for any purpose, including to evaluate

    whether the summary promotes transparency and fair and open access by

    all market participants to information regarding bona fide hedges. If

    the Commission determines that a summary is deficient in any way, the

    Commission shall notify such designated contract market or swap

    execution facility, and grant to the designated contract market or swap

    execution facility a reasonable amount of time to revise the summary.

    (f) Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of

    Market Oversight. (1) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders

    otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or such

    other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to

    time, the authority:

    (i) In paragraph (a)(8) of this section to agree to or reject a

    request by a designated contract market or swap execution facility to

    consider a non-enumerated bona fide hedge application;

    (ii) In paragraph (c) of this section to provide instructions

    regarding the submission to the Commission of information required to

    be reported by a designated contract market or swap execution facility,

    to specify the manner for submitting such information on the Forms and

    Submissions page at www.cftc.gov, and to determine the format, coding

    structure, and electronic data transmission procedures for submitting

    such information;

    (iii) In paragraph (d)(1) of this section to review any non-

    enumerated bona fide hedge application and all records required to be

    kept by a designated contract market or swap execution facility in

    connection with such application, to request such records from such

    designated contract market or swap execution facility, and to request

    additional information in connection with such application from such

    designated contract market or swap execution facility or from the

    applicant;

    (iv) In paragraph (d)(2) of this section to preliminarily determine

    that a non-enumerated bona fide hedge application or the disposition

    thereof by a designated contract market or swap execution facility

    presents novel or complex issues that require additional time to

    analyze, or that such application or the disposition thereof is

    potentially inconsistent with section 4a(c) of the Act and the general

    definition of bona fide hedging position in Sec. 150.1, to notify the

    designated contract market or swap execution facility and the

    applicable applicant of the issues identified, and to provide them with

    10 business days in which to file supplemental information; and

    (v) In paragraph (e) of this section to review any summary of a

    type of non-enumerated bona fide hedge required to be published on a

    designated contract market’s or swap execution facility’s Web site, to

    determine that any such summary is deficient, to notify a designated

    contract market or swap execution facility of a deficient summary, and

    to grant such designated contract market or swap execution facility a

    reasonable amount of time to revise such summary.

    (2) The Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit to

    the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been

    delegated in this section.

    (3) Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its

    election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.

    0

    10. Add Sec. 150.10 to read as follows:

    Sec. 150.10 Process for designated contract market or swap execution

    facility exemption from position limits for certain spread positions.

    (a) Requirements for a designated contract market or swap execution

    facility to exempt from position limits certain positions normally

    known to the trade as spreads. (1) A designated contract market or swap

    execution facility that elects to process applications for exemptions

    from position limits for certain positions normally known to the trade

    as spreads shall maintain rules, submitted to the Commission pursuant

    to part 40 of this chapter, establishing an application process for

    exempting positions normally known to the trade as spreads consistent

    with the requirements of this section. A designated contract market or

    swap execution facility may elect to process applications for such

    spread exemptions only if, in each case:

    (i) Such designated contract market or swap execution facility

    lists for trading at least one contract that is either a component of

    the spread or a referenced contract that is a component of the spread;

    and

    (ii) The contract in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section is

    actively traded and has been subject to position limits of the

    designated contract market or swap execution facility for at least one

    year. A designated contract market or swap execution facility shall not

    approve a spread exemption involving a commodity index contract and one

    or more referenced contracts.

    (2) Spreads that a designated contract market or swap execution

    facility may approve under this section include:

    (i) Calendar spreads;

    (ii) Quality differential spreads;

    (iii) Processing spreads; and

    (iv) Product or by-product differential spreads.

    (3) Any application process that is established by a designated

    contract market or swap execution facility under this section shall

    elicit sufficient information to allow the designated contract market

    or swap execution facility to determine, and the Commission to verify,

    whether the facts and circumstances demonstrate that it is appropriate

    to exempt a spread position from position limits, including at a

    minimum:

    (i) A description of the spread position for which the application

    is submitted;

    (ii) Detailed information to demonstrate why the spread position

    should be exempted from position limits, including how the exemption

    would further the purposes of section 4a(a)(3)(B) of the Act;

    (iii) A statement concerning the maximum size of all gross

    positions in derivative contracts to be acquired by the applicant

    during the year after the application is submitted; and

    (iv) Any other information necessary to enable the designated

    contract market or swap execution facility to determine, and the

    Commission to verify, whether it is appropriate to exempt such spread

    position from position limits.

    (4) Under any application process established under this section, a

    designated contract market or swap execution facility shall:

    (i) Require each person requesting an exemption from position

    limits for its spread position to submit an application, to reapply at

    least on an annual basis by updating that application, and to receive

    approval in

    [[Page 38510]]

    advance of the date that such position would be in excess of the limits

    then in effect pursuant to section 4a of the Act;

    (ii) Notify an applicant in a timely manner if a submitted

    application is not complete. If an applicant does not amend or resubmit

    such application within a reasonable amount of time after such notice,

    a designated contract market or swap execution facility may reject the

    application;

    (iii) Determine in a timely manner whether a spread position for

    which a complete application has been submitted satisfies the

    requirements of paragraph (a)(4)(vi) of this section, and whether it is

    appropriate to exempt such spread position from position limits;

    (iv) Have the authority to revoke, at any time, any spread

    exemption issued pursuant to this section if it determines the spread

    exemption no longer satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a)(4)(vi)

    of this section and it is no longer appropriate to exempt the spread

    from position limits;

    (v) Notify an applicant in a timely manner:

    (A) That a spread position for which a complete application has

    been submitted has been exempted by the designated contract market or

    swap execution facility from position limits, and the details and all

    conditions of such exemption;

    (B) That its application is rejected, including the reasons for

    such rejection; or

    (C) That the designated contract market or swap execution facility

    has asked the Commission to consider the application under paragraph

    (a)(8) of this section; and

    (vi) Determine whether exempting the spread position from position

    limits would, to the maximum extent practicable, ensure sufficient

    market liquidity for bona fide hedgers, and not unreasonably reduce the

    effectiveness of position limits to:

    (A) Diminish, eliminate or prevent excessive speculation;

    (B) Deter and prevent market manipulation, squeezes, and corners;

    and

    (C) Ensure that the price discovery function of the underlying

    market is not disrupted.

    (5) An applicant’s derivatives position shall be deemed to be

    recognized as a spread position exempt from federal position limits at

    the time that a designated contract market or swap execution facility

    notifies an applicant that such designated contract market or swap

    execution facility will exempt such spread position.

    (6) A designated contract market or swap execution facility that

    elects to process applications to exempt spread positions from position

    limits shall file new rules or rule amendments pursuant to part 40 of

    this chapter, establishing or amending requirements for an applicant to

    file a report with such designated contract market or swap execution

    facility when such applicant owns, holds, or controls a spread position

    that such designated contract market or swap execution facility has

    exempted from position limits, including for such applicant to report

    each component of the spread. Such rules shall require such applicant

    to update and maintain the accuracy of any such report.

    (7) After exemption of each unique type of spread position, a

    designated contract market or swap execution facility shall publish on

    its Web site, on at least a quarterly basis, a summary describing the

    type of spread position and explaining why it was exempted.

    (8) If a spread exemption application presents complex issues or is

    potentially inconsistent with the purposes of section 4a(a)(3)(B) of

    the Act, a designated contract market or swap execution facility may

    ask the Commission to consider the application under the process set

    forth in paragraph (d) of this section. The Commission may, in its

    discretion, agree to or reject any such request by a designated

    contract market or swap execution facility.

    (b) Recordkeeping. (1) A designated contract market or swap

    execution facility that elects to process spread exemption applications

    shall keep full, complete, and systematic records, which include all

    pertinent data and memoranda, of all activities relating to the

    processing of such applications and the disposition thereof, including

    the exemption of any spread position, the revocation or modification of

    any exemption, the rejection by the designated contract market or swap

    execution facility of an application, or the withdrawal,

    supplementation or updating of an application by the applicant.

    Included among such records shall be:

    (i) All information and documents submitted by an applicant in

    connection with its application:

    (ii) Records of oral and written communications between such

    designated contract market or swap execution facility and such

    applicant in connection with such application; and

    (iii) All information and documents in connection with such

    designated contract market’s or swap execution facility’s analysis of

    and action on such application.

    (2) All books and records required to be kept pursuant to this

    section shall be kept in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 1.31

    of this chapter.

    (c) Reports to the Commission. (1) A designated contract market or

    swap execution facility that elects to process spread exemption

    applications shall submit to the Commission a report for each week as

    of the close of business on Friday showing the following information:

    (i) The disposition of any spread exemption application, including

    the exemption of any spread position, the revocation or modification of

    any exemption, or the rejection of any application, as well as the

    following details:

    (A) The date of disposition,

    (B) The effective date of the disposition,

    (C) The expiration date of any exemption,

    (D) Any unique identifier assigned by the designated contract

    market or swap execution facility to track the application,

    (E) Any unique identifier assigned by the designated contract

    market or swap execution facility to a type of exempt spread position,

    (F) The identity of the applicant,

    (G) The listed commodity derivative contract to which the

    application pertains,

    (H) The underlying cash commodity,

    (I) The size limitations on any exempt spread position, specified

    by contract month if applicable, and

    (J) Any conditions on the exemption; and

    (ii) The summary of any exempt spread position newly published

    pursuant to paragraph (a)(7) of this section, or revised, since the

    last summary submitted to the Commission.

    (2) Unless otherwise instructed by the Commission, a designated

    contract market or swap execution facility that elects to process

    applications to exempt spread positions from position limits shall

    submit to the Commission, no less frequently than monthly, any report

    submitted by an applicant to such designated contract market or swap

    execution facility pursuant to rules required by paragraph (a)(6) of

    this section.

    (3) Unless otherwise instructed by the Commission, a designated

    contract market or swap execution facility that elects to process

    applications to exempt spread positions from position limits shall

    submit to the Commission the information required by paragraphs (c)(1)

    and (2) of this section, as follows:

    (i) As specified by the Commission on the Forms and Submissions

    page at www.cftc.gov;

    (ii) Using the format, coding structure, and electronic data

    transmission

    [[Page 38511]]

    procedures approved in writing by the Commission; and

    (iii) Not later than 9:00 a.m. Eastern time on the third business

    day following the date of the report.

    (d) Review of applications by the Commission. (1) The Commission

    may in its discretion at any time review any spread exemption

    application submitted to a designated contract market or swap execution

    facility, and all records required to be kept by such designated

    contract market or swap execution facility pursuant to paragraph (b) of

    this section in connection with such application, for any purpose,

    including to evaluate whether the disposition of the application is

    consistent with the purposes of section 4a(a)(3)(B) of the Act.

    (i) The Commission may request from such designated contract market

    or swap execution facility records required to be kept by such

    designated contract market or swap execution facility pursuant to

    paragraph (b) of this section in connection with such application.

    (ii) The Commission may request additional information in

    connection with such application from such designated contract market

    or swap execution facility or from the applicant.

    (2) If the Commission preliminarily determines that any application

    to exempt a spread position from position limits, or the disposition

    thereof by a designated contract market or swap execution facility,

    presents novel or complex issues that require additional time to

    analyze, or that an application or the disposition thereof by such

    designated contract market or swap execution facility is potentially

    inconsistent with the Act, the Commission shall:

    (i) Notify such designated contract market or swap execution

    facility and the applicable applicant of the issues identified by the

    Commission; and

    (ii) Provide them with 10 business days in which to provide the

    Commission with any supplemental information.

    (3) The Commission shall determine whether it is appropriate to

    exempt the spread position for which such application has been

    submitted from position limits, or whether the disposition of such

    application by such designated contract market or swap execution

    facility is consistent with the purposes of section 4a(a)(3)(B) of the

    Act.

    (4) If the Commission determines that it is not appropriate to

    exempt the spread position for which such application has been

    submitted from position limits, or that the disposition of such

    application is inconsistent with the Act, the Commission shall notify

    the applicant and grant the applicant a commercially reasonable amount

    of time to liquidate the spread position or otherwise come into

    compliance. This notification will briefly specify the nature of the

    issues raised and the specific provisions of the Act or the

    Commission’s regulations with which the application is, or appears to

    be, inconsistent.

    (e) Review of summaries by the Commission. The Commission may in

    its discretion at any time review any summary of a type of spread

    position required to be published on a designated contract market’s or

    swap execution facility’s Web site pursuant to paragraph (a)(7) of this

    section for any purpose, including to evaluate whether the summary

    promotes transparency and fair and open access by all market

    participants to information regarding spread exemptions. If the

    Commission determines that a summary is deficient in any way, the

    Commission shall notify such designated contract market or swap

    execution facility, and grant to the designated contract market or swap

    execution facility a reasonable amount of time to revise the summary.

    (f) Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of

    Market Oversight. (1) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders

    otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or such

    other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to

    time, the authority:

    (i) In paragraph (a)(8) of this section to agree to or reject a

    request by a designated contract market or swap execution facility to

    consider a spread exemption application;

    (ii) In paragraph (c) of this section to provide instructions

    regarding the submission to the Commission of information required to

    be reported by a designated contract market or swap execution facility,

    to specify the manner for submitting such information on the Forms and

    Submissions page at www.cftc.gov, and to determine the format, coding

    structure, and electronic data transmission procedures for submitting

    such information;

    (iii) In paragraph (d)(1) of this section to review any spread

    exemption application and all records required to be kept by a

    designated contract market or swap execution facility in connection

    with such application, to request such records from such designated

    contract market or swap execution facility, and to request additional

    information in connection with such application from such designated

    contract market or swap execution facility, or from the applicant;

    (iv) In paragraph (d)(2) of this section to preliminarily determine

    that a spread exemption application or the disposition thereof by a

    designated contract market or swap execution facility presents complex

    issues that require additional time to analyze, or that such

    application or the disposition thereof is potentially inconsistent with

    the Act, to notify the designated contract market or swap execution

    facility and the applicable applicant of the issues identified, and to

    provide them with 10 business days in which to file supplemental

    information; and

    (v) In paragraph (e) of this section to review any summary of a

    type of spread exemption required to be published on a designated

    contract market’s or swap execution facility’s Web site, to determine

    that any such summary is deficient, to notify a designated contract

    market or swap execution facility of a deficient summary, and to grant

    such designated contract market or swap execution facility a reasonable

    amount of time to revise such summary.

    (2) The Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit to

    the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been

    delegated in this section.

    (3) Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its

    election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.

    0

    11. Add Sec. 150.11 to read as follows:

    Sec. 150.11 Process for recognition of positions as bona fide hedges

    for unfilled anticipated requirements, unsold anticipated production,

    anticipated royalties, anticipated service contract payments or

    receipts, or anticipatory cross-commodity hedge positions.

    (a) Requirements for a designated contract market or swap execution

    facility to recognize certain enumerated anticipatory bona fide hedge

    positions. (1) A designated contract market or swap execution facility

    that elects to process applications for recognition of positions as

    hedges of unfilled anticipated requirements, unsold anticipated

    production, anticipated royalties, anticipated service contract

    payments or receipts, or anticipatory cross-commodity hedges under the

    provisions of paragraphs (3)(iii), (4)(i), (iii), (iv), or (5),

    respectively, of the definition of bona fide hedging position in Sec.

    150.1 shall maintain rules, submitted to the Commission pursuant to

    part 40 of this chapter, establishing an application process for such

    anticipatory bona fide hedges consistent with the requirements of this

    section. A designated contract market or swap execution facility may

    elect to process

    [[Page 38512]]

    such anticipatory hedge applications for positions in commodity

    derivative contracts only if, in each case:

    (i) The commodity derivative contract is a referenced contract;

    (ii) Such designated contract market or swap execution facility

    lists such commodity derivative contract for trading;

    (iii) Such commodity derivative contract is actively traded on such

    derivative contract market;

    (iv) Such designated contract market or swap execution facility has

    established position limits for such commodity derivative contract; and

    (v) Such designated contract market or swap execution facility has

    at least one year of experience and expertise administering position

    limits for such commodity derivative contract.

    (2) Any application process that is established by a designated

    contract market or swap execution facility shall require, at a minimum,

    the information required under Sec. 150.7(d).

    (3) Under any application process established under this section, a

    designated contract market or swap execution facility shall:

    (i) Require each person intending to exceed position limits to

    submit an application, and to reapply at least on an annual basis by

    updating that application, to file the supplemental reports required

    under Sec. 150.7(e), and to receive notice of recognition from the

    designated contract market or swap execution facility of a position as

    a bona fide hedge in advance of the date that such position would be in

    excess of the limits then in effect pursuant to section 4a of the Act;

    (ii) Notify an applicant in a timely manner if a submitted

    application is not complete. If the applicant does not amend or

    resubmit such application within a reasonable amount of time after

    notification from the designated contract market or swap execution

    facility, the designated contract market or swap execution facility may

    reject the application;

    (iii) Inform an applicant within ten days of receipt of such

    application by the designated contract market or swap execution

    facility that:

    (A) The derivative position for which a complete application has

    been submitted has been recognized by the designated contract market or

    swap execution facility as a bona fide hedge, and the details and all

    conditions of such recognition;

    (B) The application is rejected, including the reasons for such

    rejection; or

    (C) The designated contract market or swap execution facility has

    asked the Commission to consider the application under paragraph (a)(6)

    of this section; and

    (iv) Have the authority to revoke, at any time, any recognition

    issued pursuant to this section if it determines the position no longer

    complies with the filing requirements under paragraph (a)(2) of this

    section.

    (4) An applicant’s derivatives position shall be deemed to be

    recognized as a bona fide hedge at the time that a designated contract

    market or swap execution facility notifies an applicant that such

    designated contract market or swap execution facility will recognize

    such position as a bona fide hedge.

    (5) A designated contract market or swap execution facility that

    elects to process bona fide hedge applications shall file new rules or

    rule amendments pursuant to part 40 of this chapter, establishing or

    amending requirements for an applicant to file a report with the

    Commission pursuant to Sec. 150.7, and file a copy of such report with

    such designated contract market or swap execution facility when such

    applicant owns or controls a derivative position that such designated

    contract market or swap execution facility has recognized as a bona

    fide hedge, and for such applicant to report the offsetting cash

    positions. Such rules shall require an applicant to update and maintain

    the accuracy of any such report.

    (6) A designated contract market or swap execution facility may ask

    the Commission to consider any application made under this section. The

    Commission may, in its discretion, agree to or reject any such request

    by a designated contract market or swap execution facility; provided

    that, if the Commission agrees to the request, it will have 10 business

    days from the time of the request to carry out its review.

    (b) Recordkeeping. (1) A designated contract market or swap

    execution facility that elects to process bona fide hedge applications

    under this section shall keep full, complete, and systematic records,

    which include all pertinent data and memoranda, of all activities

    relating to the processing of such applications and the disposition

    thereof, including the recognition of any derivative position as a bona

    fide hedge, the revocation or modification of any recognition, the

    rejection by the designated contract market or swap execution facility

    of an application, or withdrawal, supplementation or updating of an

    application. Included among such records shall be:

    (i) All information and documents submitted by an applicant in

    connection with its application;

    (ii) Records of oral and written communications between such

    designated contract market or swap execution facility and such

    applicant in connection with such application; and

    (iii) All information and documents in connection with such

    designated contract market’s or swap execution facility’s analysis of

    and action on such application.

    (2) All books and records required to be kept pursuant to this

    section shall be kept in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 1.31

    of this chapter.

    (c) Reports to the Commission. (1) A designated contract market or

    swap execution facility that elects to process bona fide hedge

    applications under this section shall submit to the Commission a report

    for each week as of the close of business on Friday showing the

    following information:

    (i) The disposition of any application, including the recognition

    of any position as a bona fide hedge, the revocation or modification of

    any recognition, as well as the following details:

    (A) The date of disposition,

    (B) The effective date of the disposition,

    (C) The expiration date of any recognition,

    (D) Any unique identifier assigned by the designated contract

    market or swap execution facility to track the application,

    (E) Any unique identifier assigned by the designated contract

    market or swap execution facility to a bona fide hedge recognized under

    this section;

    (F) The identity of the applicant,

    (G) The listed commodity derivative contract to which the

    application pertains,

    (H) The underlying cash commodity,

    (I) The maximum size of the commodity derivative position that is

    recognized by the designated contract market or swap execution facility

    as a bona fide hedge,

    (J) Any size limitation established for such commodity derivative

    position on the designated contract market or swap execution facility,

    and

    (K) A concise summary of the applicant’s activity in the cash

    market for the commodity underlying the position for which the

    application was submitted.

    (2) Unless otherwise instructed by the Commission, a designated

    contract market or swap execution facility that elects to process bona

    fide hedge applications shall submit to the Commission the information

    required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, as follows:

    [[Page 38513]]

    (i) As specified by the Commission on the Forms and Submissions

    page at www.cftc.gov;

    (ii) Using the format, coding structure, and electronic data

    transmission procedures approved in writing by the Commission; and

    (iii) Not later than 9:00 a.m. Eastern time on the third business

    day following the date of the report.

    (d) Review of applications by the Commission. (1) The Commission

    may in its discretion at any time review any bona fide hedge

    application submitted to a designated contract market or swap execution

    facility under this section, and all records required to be kept by

    such designated contract market or swap execution facility pursuant to

    paragraph (b) of this section in connection with such application, for

    any purpose, including to evaluate whether the disposition of the

    application is consistent with the Act.

    (i) The Commission may request from such designated contract market

    or swap execution facility records required to be kept by such

    designated contract market or swap execution facility pursuant to

    paragraph (b) of this section in connection with such application.

    (ii) The Commission may request additional information in

    connection with such application from such designated contract market

    or swap execution facility or from the applicant.

    (2) If the Commission preliminarily determines that any

    anticipatory hedge application is inconsistent with the filing

    requirements of Sec. 150.11(a)(2), the Commission shall:

    (i) Notify such designated contract market or swap execution

    facility and the applicable applicant of the deficiencies identified by

    the Commission; and

    (ii) Provide them with 10 business days in which to provide the

    Commission with any supplemental information.

    (3) If the Commission determines that the anticipatory hedge

    application is inconsistent with the filing requirements of Sec.

    150.11(a)(2), the Commission shall notify the applicant and grant the

    applicant a commercially reasonable amount of time to liquidate the

    derivative position or otherwise come into compliance. This

    notification will briefly specify the specific provisions of the filing

    requirements of Sec. 150.11(a)(2), with which the application is, or

    appears to be, inconsistent.

    (e) Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division of

    Market Oversight. (1) The Commission hereby delegates, until it orders

    otherwise, to the Director of the Division of Market Oversight or such

    other employee or employees as the Director may designate from time to

    time, the authority:

    (i) In paragraph (a)(6) of this section to agree to or reject a

    request by a designated contract market or swap execution facility to

    consider a bona fide hedge application;

    (ii) In paragraph (c) of this section to provide instructions

    regarding the submission to the Commission of information required to

    be reported by a designated contract market or swap execution facility,

    to specify the manner for submitting such information on the Forms and

    Submissions page at www.cftc.gov, and to determine the format, coding

    structure, and electronic data transmission procedures for submitting

    such information;

    (iii) In paragraph (d)(1) of this section to review any bona fide

    hedge application and all records required to be kept by a designated

    contract market or swap execution facility in connection with such

    application, to request such records from such designated contract

    market or swap execution facility, and to request additional

    information in connection with such application from such designated

    contract market or swap execution facility or from the applicant; and

    (iv) In paragraph (d)(2) of this section to determine that it is

    not appropriate to recognize a derivative position for which an

    application for recognition has been submitted as a bona fide hedge, or

    that the disposition of such application by a designated contract

    market or swap execution facility is inconsistent with the Act, and, in

    connection with such a determination, to grant the applicant a

    reasonable amount of time to liquidate the derivative position or

    otherwise come into compliance.

    (2) The Director of the Division of Market Oversight may submit to

    the Commission for its consideration any matter which has been

    delegated in this section.

    (3) Nothing in this section prohibits the Commission, at its

    election, from exercising the authority delegated in this section.

    Appendices A Through D to Part 150 [Reserved]

    0

    12. Add reserved appendices A through D to part 150.

    0

    13. Add appendix E to part 150 to read as follows:

    Appendix E to Part 150–Guidance Regarding Exchange-Set Speculative

    Position Limits

    This appendix provides guidance regarding Sec. 150.5, as follows:

    Guidance for designated contract markets. (1) Until a board of

    trade has access to sufficient swap position information, a board of

    trade need not demonstrate compliance with Core Principle 5(B) with

    respect to swaps. A board of trade has access to sufficient swap

    position information if, for example:

    (i) It has access to daily information about its market

    participants’ open swap positions; or

    (ii) It knows, including through knowledge gained in surveillance

    of heavy trading activity occurring on or pursuant to the rules of the

    designated contract market, that its market participants regularly

    engage in large volumes of speculative trading activity, that would

    cause reasonable surveillance personnel at an exchange to inquire

    further about a market participant’s intentions or open swap positions.

    (2) When a board of trade has access to sufficient swap position

    information, this guidance is no longer applicable. At such time, a

    board of trade is required to demonstrate compliance with Core

    Principle 5(B) with respect to swaps.

    Guidance for swap execution facilities. (1) Until a swap execution

    facility that is a trading facility has access to sufficient swap

    position information, the swap execution facility need not demonstrate

    compliance with Core Principle 6(B). A swap execution facility has

    access to sufficient swap position information if, for example:

    (i) It has access to daily information about its market

    participants’ open swap positions; or

    (ii) If it knows, including through knowledge gained in

    surveillance of heavy trading activity occurring on or pursuant to the

    rules of the swap execution facility, that its market participants

    regularly engage in large volumes of speculative trading activity that

    would cause reasonable surveillance personnel at an exchange to inquire

    further about a market participant’s intentions or open swap positions.

    (2) When a swap execution facility has access to sufficient swap

    position information, this guidance is no longer applicable. At such

    time, a swap execution facility that is a trading facility is required

    to file rules with the Commission to demonstrate compliance with Core

    Principle 6 (B).

    [[Page 38514]]

    Issued in Washington, DC, on May 27, 2016, by the Commission.

    Christopher J. Kirkpatrick,

    Secretary of the Commission.

    Note: The following appendices will not appear in the Code of

    Federal Regulations.

    Appendices To Position Limits for Derivatives: Certain Exemptions and

    Guidance–Commission Voting Summary, Chairman’s Statement, and

    Commissioner’s Statement

    Appendix 1–Commission Voting Summary

    On this matter, Chairman Massad and Commissioners Bowen and

    Giancarlo voted in the affirmative. No Commissioner voted in the

    negative.

    Appendix 2–Statement of Chairman Timothy G. Massad

    Today, the CFTC has taken a significant step toward finalizing

    its rules on position limits this year.

    The supplemental rule we have unanimously proposed today would

    ensure that commercial end-users can continue to engage in bona fide

    hedging efficiently for risk management and price discovery. It

    would permit the exchanges to recognize certain positions as bona

    fide hedges, subject to CFTC oversight.

    For years, exchanges have worked with the CFTC’s general

    definition of a “bona fide hedging position” to grant these

    exemptions to exchange-set limits. Under this supplemental proposal,

    they would do so for federal limits, subject to strict oversight by

    the CFTC. Today’s action comes after listening closely to the

    concerns of market participants, and in particular commercial-end

    users, who use these markets every day to hedge commercial risk.

    Today’s proposal would also make some helpful clarifications to

    definitions used in our earlier proposal, including the definition

    of “bona fide hedging position,” to conform it to the statutory

    language.

    This proposal is a critical piece of our effort to complete the

    position limits rule this year. Another key piece of that effort was

    the Commission’s 2015 proposal to streamline the process for waiving

    aggregation requirements when one entity does not control another’s

    trading, even if they are under common ownership. We are also

    working to review exchange estimates of deliverable supply so that

    spot month limits may be set based on current data.

    Federal position limits for agricultural contracts have been in

    place in our markets for decades, and exchange-set position limits

    for most other physical commodity contracts have been in place for

    years. It is critical that we fulfill our statutory responsibility

    to adopt a position limits rule. As I have said previously, we

    appreciate the importance and complexity of the issues surrounding

    the position limits rule. No current Commissioner was in office when

    these rules were proposed, and therefore we have taken the time to

    listen to market participants and consider the proposals very

    carefully.

    I thank our staff for their excellent work on this proposal. I

    also thank my fellow Commissioners Bowen and Giancarlo for their

    input and support. And I look forward to hearing the views of market

    participants and to completing a position limits rule this year.

    Appendix 3–Statement of Commissioner J. Christopher Giancarlo

    I support issuing for public comment today’s proposal to

    supplement and revise the Commission’s 2013 proposed rule to

    establish federal position limits for certain core referenced

    futures, options and swaps contracts. The supplemental proposal

    appears responsive to a broad range of public comments. I believe it

    is a positive step forward in devising a final rule that will take

    into account certain practical realities associated with

    administering a workable position limits regime.

    The proposal appropriately recognizes that most exchanges do not

    have access to sufficient swap positon information to effectively

    monitor swap position limits. If adopted, it would seem to relieve

    designated contract markets (DCMs) and swap execution facilities

    (SEFs) from setting and monitoring exchange limits on swaps until

    such time as DCMs and SEFs have access to data that is necessary to

    be able to do so. Position limits for swaps would still be set and

    monitored by the CFTC. The proposal simply acknowledges that the

    Commission cannot require exchanges to do the impossible.

    The proposal also recommends changes to the definitions of

    “bona fide hedging position,” “futures equivalent,”

    “intermarket spread position” and “intramarket spread position.”

    The elimination of the incidental test and the orderly trading

    requirement from the general definition of bona fide hedging

    position makes sense as the incidental test is already included in

    the economically appropriate test and the orderly trading

    requirement is addressed in other provisions of the Commodity

    Exchange Act (CEA).1 Further, as discussed in the preamble,

    because the meaning of the orderly trading requirement in the

    context of over-the-counter swaps markets is unclear, those markets

    will benefit from greater precision by its removal. The proposed

    amendments to the definitions of “futures equivalent,”

    “intermarket spread positon” and “intramarket spread position”

    appear to be helpful clarifications. I look forward to public

    comment on whether the proposed changes are appropriate.

    —————————————————————————

    1 See CEA sections 4c(a)(5) and 4c(a)(6).

    —————————————————————————

    Importantly, the proposal would also allow certain spread

    exemptions from federal position limits. It would establish a

    process to permit exchanges to recognize exemptions from exchange

    and federal position limits for non-enumerated bona fide hedging

    positions (NEBFH) and spread positions. The proposal would also

    provide an expedited process for exchange recognition of enumerated

    anticipatory bona fide hedges.

    Exchanges are in the best position to initially recognize the

    foregoing exemptions from position limits. They have both the

    expertise and the resources 2 to perform this task in a

    responsible way as demonstrated by the long history of DCMs

    analyzing and granting requests for NEBFH exemptions in the context

    of exchange-set limits. Moreover, the CFTC has a long history of

    overseeing the performance of DCMs in doing so. In addition, DCMs

    already have a long-existing framework in place for recognizing

    exemptions from exchange-set limits with which market participants

    are well familiar. The supplemental proposal, when incorporated into

    a final rule, would build upon the existing framework for exchange-

    set limits. It also would lower unreasonable burdens on market

    participants under the Commission’s 2013 proposal, including

    provisions that would have required hedge exemption applicants to

    file duplicative requests with both the CFTC and the exchanges.

    —————————————————————————

    2 As noted in footnote 127 of the preamble, from June 15, 2011

    to June 15, 2012 ICE Futures U.S. received 142 exemption

    applications, 92 of which were granted. From November 1, 2010 to

    October 31, 2011 the Market Surveillance Group from the Chicago

    Mercantile Exchange (CME) Regulation Department approved 420

    exemption applications for products traded on the CME and the

    Chicago Board of Trade. This is old data, but one could reasonably

    predict that the number of applications have increased over time and

    will continue to increase in the future as trading levels increase.

    Given its current resources, the CFTC is not in a position to timely

    process the hundreds of applications that likely will be filed with

    the exchanges each year.

    —————————————————————————

    In short, the supplemental proposal leverages exchange expertise

    and resources to enable exemptions to be granted in an efficient and

    timely manner without sacrificing market integrity. The Commission

    would remain the ultimate arbiter of exemptions from position limits

    by retaining the authority to review and reverse any exchange-

    granted exemption.

    I commend Commission staff for their responsiveness to broad-

    based concerns of market participants. I appreciate the

    professionalism of my fellow commissioners in persevering to make

    this rule more workable. I look forward to taking additional steps

    to ensure that the practical issues raised by the agricultural and

    end-user communities are addressed in the final rule.

    Now and always, prosperity requires durable and vibrant markets.

    We must balance regulatory burdens with clear economic benefits if

    we are to maintain liquid commodity hedging markets that support our

    American way of life.

    [FR Doc. 2016-12964 Filed 6-10-16; 8:45 am]

    BILLING CODE 6351-01-P




    Last Updated: June 13, 2016

    [ad_2]

    Source link

    Related

    Leave a Reply

    Please enter your comment!
    Please enter your name here